1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug
52 \newcommand*{\OrgIndex}{}
54 \renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
56 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
57 \use_default_options false
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
71 \default_output_format default
75 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
76 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
80 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
81 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
82 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
87 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
88 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
96 \paperorientation portrait
107 \paragraph_separation indent
109 \quotes_language english
112 \paperpagestyle default
113 \tracking_changes false
114 \output_changes false
130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
132 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
134 \begin_inset CommandInset href
136 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
147 \begin_inset Newline newline
151 \begin_inset Newline newline
155 \begin_inset Note Note
158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
159 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
160 \begin_inset Newline newline
165 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
173 \begin_layout Standard
174 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
175 LatexCommand tableofcontents
182 \begin_layout Chapter
186 \begin_layout Section
190 \begin_layout Standard
191 LyX is a document preparation system.
192 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
193 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
194 It is unlike most other
195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
202 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
204 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
220 pt type, left justified, 5
221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
229 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
233 \begin_layout Standard
234 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
247 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
251 \begin_layout Standard
253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
264 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
265 the format of all of the manuals.
266 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
267 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 \begin_layout Section
288 \begin_layout Standard
289 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
291 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
292 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
296 \begin_layout Standard
297 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
298 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
299 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
301 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
302 only a vertical scrollbar.
303 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
304 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
305 This, however, is due
306 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
307 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
308 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
309 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
311 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
312 this doesn't work for equations yet.
315 \begin_layout Standard
316 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
324 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
329 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
330 ing sections of this documentation.
333 \begin_layout Section
337 \begin_layout Standard
338 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
343 of the manuals from inside LyX.
344 Just select the manual you want read from the
351 \begin_layout Section
353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
355 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
362 \begin_layout Standard
363 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
364 without resorting to configuration files.
365 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
366 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
367 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
372 \begin_inset Index idx
375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
382 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
383 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
388 \begin_inset space \space{}
391 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
392 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
394 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_inset Index idx
401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 Reconfiguration of LyX
407 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
410 \begin_layout Section
412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
414 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
421 \begin_layout Standard
422 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
423 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
446 that will be created when using the menu
448 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
467 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
468 \begin_inset Note Note
471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
472 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
480 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
481 More about TeX Code is described in section
486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
488 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
492 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
499 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_inset Index idx
512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
513 Reconfiguration of LyX
521 \begin_layout Chapter
525 \begin_layout Section
526 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_inset Index idx
530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
539 \begin_layout Standard
544 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
545 in addition to some more advanced operations:
548 \begin_layout Itemize
552 \begin_inset Graphics
553 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
554 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
561 \begin_layout Itemize
579 \begin_layout Itemize
585 \begin_inset Graphics
586 filename ../images/file-open.png
587 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
594 \begin_layout Itemize
600 \begin_layout Itemize
606 \begin_inset Graphics
607 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
608 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
615 \begin_layout Itemize
625 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
649 \begin_layout Itemize
655 \begin_layout Itemize
661 \begin_layout Itemize
667 \begin_inset Graphics
668 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
669 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_layout Standard
683 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
684 a few minor differences.
687 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
702 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
703 you for a template to use.
704 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
705 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
706 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
714 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
721 \begin_layout Standard
723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
746 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
747 space is just that — a big, blank space.
750 \begin_layout Standard
771 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
776 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
801 will reload the document from disk.
802 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
803 and want to restore it to the last save.
812 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
813 can identify them as your changes.
816 \begin_layout Section
817 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_inset Index idx
821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
830 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
837 \begin_layout Standard
838 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
839 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
840 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
841 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
843 We'll start with cut and paste.
846 \begin_layout Standard
847 As you might expect, the
851 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
852 various other editing features.
853 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
857 \begin_layout Itemize
863 \begin_inset Graphics
864 filename ../images/cut.png
865 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
872 \begin_layout Itemize
878 \begin_inset Graphics
879 filename ../images/copy.png
880 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
887 \begin_layout Itemize
893 \begin_inset Graphics
894 filename ../images/paste.png
895 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
902 \begin_layout Itemize
912 \begin_layout Itemize
922 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_inset Graphics
937 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
938 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
946 \begin_layout Standard
947 The first three are self-explanatory.
948 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
949 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
958 keys also functions as the
963 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
964 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
969 to get back the lost text.
972 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_inset Index idx
976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
982 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
991 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
994 \begin_layout Standard
997 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1002 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1013 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1019 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1023 \begin_inset space ~
1028 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1029 will start a new paragraph.
1032 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_inset Index idx
1036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_inset Index idx
1046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1054 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1056 \begin_inset space ~
1060 \begin_inset space ~
1068 \begin_inset space ~
1072 \begin_inset space ~
1078 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1083 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1095 \begin_inset space ~
1100 button to skip the current word.
1104 \begin_inset space ~
1109 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1113 \begin_inset space ~
1118 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1120 If the toggle is set, searching for
1121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1132 will not match the word
1133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1147 Match whole words only
1149 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_layout Standard
1181 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1182 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1184 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1189 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1196 \begin_layout Section
1198 \begin_inset Index idx
1201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1208 \begin_inset Index idx
1211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1220 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1227 \begin_layout Standard
1228 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1229 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1232 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1235 or the toolbar button
1236 \begin_inset Graphics
1237 filename ../images/undo.png
1238 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1242 to undo some mistake.
1243 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1245 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1248 or the toolbar button
1249 \begin_inset Graphics
1250 filename ../images/redo.png
1251 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1263 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1267 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1270 \begin_layout Standard
1271 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1280 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1281 This is a consequence of the 100
1282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1285 step undo limit, above.
1288 \begin_layout Standard
1297 work on almost everything in LyX.
1298 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1302 \begin_layout Section
1304 \begin_inset Index idx
1307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1316 \begin_layout Standard
1317 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1320 \begin_layout Enumerate
1325 \begin_layout Itemize
1330 once anywhere in the edit window.
1331 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1335 \begin_layout Enumerate
1340 \begin_layout Itemize
1346 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1349 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1352 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1355 \begin_layout Itemize
1356 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1358 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1365 \begin_layout Enumerate
1366 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1370 \begin_layout Standard
1371 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1372 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1376 \begin_layout Enumerate
1381 \begin_layout Standard
1386 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1391 \begin_layout Section
1393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1395 name "sec:Navigating"
1400 \begin_inset Index idx
1403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1412 \begin_layout Standard
1413 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1416 \begin_layout Itemize
1421 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1422 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1425 \begin_layout Itemize
1428 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1431 or the toolbar button
1432 \begin_inset Graphics
1433 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1434 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1441 \begin_layout Standard
1442 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1443 (TOC) that is described in section
1444 \begin_inset space ~
1448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1450 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1455 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1456 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1457 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1458 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1459 to the document, see section
1460 \begin_inset space ~
1464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1466 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1475 option sorts the current list, and the
1479 option keeps it in the current view state.
1480 Keeping means that when you have e.
1481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1485 \begin_inset space \space{}
1488 the subsections of section
1489 \begin_inset space ~
1492 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1493 \begin_inset space ~
1496 3, the subsections of section
1497 \begin_inset space ~
1500 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1505 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1506 \begin_inset space ~
1512 \begin_layout Standard
1514 \begin_inset space \space{}
1518 \begin_inset Graphics
1519 filename ../images/down.png
1520 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1525 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1530 \begin_inset space \space{}
1534 \begin_inset Graphics
1535 filename ../images/up.png
1536 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1541 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1545 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1547 So you can for example move section
1548 \begin_inset space ~
1552 \begin_inset space ~
1556 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1558 \begin_inset Graphics
1559 filename ../images/promote.png
1560 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1565 \begin_inset Graphics
1566 filename ../images/demote.png
1567 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1571 or the corresponding key bindings
1579 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1580 So you can for example make section
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1585 \begin_inset space ~
1589 \begin_inset space ~
1595 \begin_layout Standard
1597 \begin_inset Graphics
1598 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1599 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1604 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1605 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1606 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1607 go back to your last editing position.
1610 \begin_layout Section
1612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1622 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1627 \begin_inset Index idx
1630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1637 \begin_inset Index idx
1640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1671 \begin_layout Standard
1672 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1674 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1675 is used to propose completions.
1678 \begin_layout Standard
1679 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1680 there are completions available.
1681 You can then press the
1685 key to use this completion.
1686 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1687 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1688 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1695 \begin_layout Standard
1696 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1698 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1701 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1703 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1706 by deselecting the option
1713 Automatic inline completion
1715 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1716 To accept this proposal, use the
1725 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1726 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1728 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1734 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1741 \begin_layout Section
1743 \begin_inset Index idx
1746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1753 \begin_inset Index idx
1756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1785 \begin_inset Index idx
1788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1819 \begin_layout Standard
1820 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1821 LyX's default is CUA.
1824 \begin_layout Standard
1828 \begin_inset space ~
1836 \begin_inset space ~
1857 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1861 \begin_layout Labeling
1862 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1866 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1867 LatexCommand nomenclature
1869 description "Tabulator key"
1875 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1876 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1877 \begin_inset space ~
1881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1883 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1890 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1894 , especially section
1895 \begin_inset space ~
1899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1901 reference "sub:Lists"
1907 If you're still confused, look in the
1914 \begin_layout Labeling
1915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1919 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1920 LatexCommand nomenclature
1922 description "Escape key"
1929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1936 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1937 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1940 \begin_layout Labeling
1941 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1947 \begin_inset space ~
1951 \begin_inset space ~
1958 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1959 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1963 \begin_layout Standard
1964 There are three modifier keys:
1967 \begin_layout Labeling
1968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1986 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1987 LatexCommand nomenclature
1989 description "Control key"
1993 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1994 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1998 \begin_layout Itemize
2007 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2010 \begin_layout Itemize
2019 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2022 \begin_layout Itemize
2031 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2035 \begin_layout Labeling
2036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2054 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2055 LatexCommand nomenclature
2057 description "Shift key"
2061 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2062 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2065 \begin_layout Labeling
2066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2084 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2085 LatexCommand nomenclature
2087 description "Alt or Meta key"
2091 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2092 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2093 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2099 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2101 menu accelerator keys
2104 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2105 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2109 \begin_layout Standard
2110 For example, the sequence
2111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2117 \begin_inset space ~
2121 \begin_inset space ~
2127 \begin_inset space ~
2135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 \begin_inset space ~
2160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2170 \begin_layout Standard
2175 manual lists all other things bound to the
2183 \begin_layout Standard
2184 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2185 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2186 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2187 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2188 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2189 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2190 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2191 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2207 followed by a capital
2214 \begin_layout Standard
2215 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2217 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2222 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2225 as explained in sec.
2226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2232 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2239 \begin_layout Chapter
2241 \begin_inset Index idx
2244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2253 \begin_layout Section
2255 \begin_inset Index idx
2258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2267 \begin_layout Subsection
2271 \begin_layout Standard
2272 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2273 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2274 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2275 numbering schemes, and so on.
2276 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2277 and format the title of your document differently.
2280 \begin_layout Standard
2285 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2286 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2287 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2288 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2289 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2292 \begin_layout Standard
2293 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2294 how to adjust their properties.
2297 \begin_layout Subsection
2299 \begin_inset Index idx
2302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2311 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2318 \begin_layout Standard
2319 You can select a class using the
2321 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2323 \begin_inset Index idx
2326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2335 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2339 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2343 \begin_layout Standard
2344 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2348 \begin_layout Description
2349 Article for basic articles
2352 \begin_layout Description
2353 Report for basic reports
2356 \begin_layout Description
2357 Book for writing a book
2360 \begin_layout Description
2361 Letter for US-style letters
2364 \begin_layout Standard
2365 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2367 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2368 can be found in chapter
2370 Special Document Classes
2379 \begin_layout Description
2380 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2383 \begin_layout Description
2390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2399 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2403 \begin_layout Description
2404 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2405 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2406 There are three article layouts available.
2407 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2408 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2409 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2410 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2415 sequential numbering
2416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2419 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2420 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2421 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2422 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2425 \begin_layout Description
2426 Beamer Layout for presentations
2429 \begin_layout Description
2430 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2431 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2435 \begin_layout Description
2437 \begin_inset space ~
2440 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2443 \begin_layout Description
2444 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2447 \begin_layout Description
2450 Die TeXnische Komödie
2452 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2455 \begin_layout Description
2456 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2459 \begin_layout Description
2460 Foils Used to make transparencies
2463 \begin_layout Description
2464 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2469 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2473 \begin_layout Description
2474 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2475 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2478 \begin_layout Description
2479 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2482 \begin_layout Description
2483 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2488 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2491 \begin_layout Description
2492 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2495 \begin_layout Description
2500 LaTeX document class
2503 \begin_layout Description
2504 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2507 \begin_layout Description
2512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2520 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2522 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2525 \begin_layout Description
2526 Slides Used to make transparencies
2529 \begin_layout Description
2531 \begin_inset space ~
2534 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2535 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2538 \begin_layout Description
2539 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2542 \begin_layout Description
2547 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2550 \begin_layout Standard
2551 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2553 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2558 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2559 of the document classes.
2562 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2564 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2571 \begin_inset Index idx
2574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2583 \begin_layout Standard
2584 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2585 in the chosen document class.
2586 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2588 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2589 the corresponding module in the
2595 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2599 \begin_inset Index idx
2602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2609 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2613 \begin_layout Standard
2614 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2622 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2623 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2631 \begin_layout Standard
2632 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2640 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2652 \begin_layout Standard
2653 Each class has a default set of options.
2654 Here's a quick table describing them:
2657 \begin_layout Standard
2658 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2664 \begin_layout Standard
2666 \begin_inset Tabular
2667 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2668 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2669 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2670 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2671 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2672 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2673 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3127 \begin_layout Standard
3128 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3134 \begin_layout Standard
3135 You're probably also wondering what
3136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3140 \begin_inset space ~
3144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3148 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3149 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3154 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3159 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3169 headings, there are also
3177 headings, and so on.
3178 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3179 \begin_inset space ~
3183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3185 reference "sub:Headings"
3192 \begin_layout Subsection
3194 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3196 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3201 \begin_inset Index idx
3204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3213 \begin_inset Index idx
3216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3225 \begin_layout Standard
3226 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3228 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3239 \begin_inset space ~
3244 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3246 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3247 to use for your document.
3248 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3252 \begin_layout Standard
3259 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3265 \begin_inset space ~
3270 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3271 You can choose between the following five options:
3274 \begin_layout Labeling
3275 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3280 Use default page style of current class.
3283 \begin_layout Labeling
3284 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3289 No page numbers or headings.
3292 \begin_layout Labeling
3293 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3301 \begin_layout Labeling
3302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3307 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3308 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3309 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3312 \begin_layout Labeling
3313 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3318 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3324 \begin_inset Index idx
3327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3328 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3334 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3335 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3337 See the Additional Features manual for more information, or check the documenta
3343 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3352 \begin_layout Standard
3357 of paragraphs is described in section
3358 \begin_inset space ~
3362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3364 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3371 \begin_layout Subsection
3372 Paper Size and Orientation
3373 \begin_inset Index idx
3376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3377 Document ! Paper size
3383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3385 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3392 \begin_layout Standard
3393 You'll find the following options in the menu
3396 \begin_inset space ~
3401 of the dialog of the
3403 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3409 \begin_inset Index idx
3412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3421 \begin_layout Labeling
3422 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3426 \begin_inset space ~
3431 What size paper to print on.
3435 \begin_layout Itemize
3441 \begin_layout Itemize
3451 \begin_layout Itemize
3457 \begin_layout Itemize
3463 \begin_layout Itemize
3469 \begin_layout Itemize
3475 \begin_layout Itemize
3481 \begin_layout Labeling
3482 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3487 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3498 \begin_layout Labeling
3499 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3503 \begin_inset space ~
3508 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3509 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3512 \begin_layout Subsection
3514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3521 \begin_inset Index idx
3524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3531 \begin_inset Index idx
3534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3543 \begin_layout Standard
3544 Paper margins are set in the menu
3546 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3550 \begin_inset Index idx
3553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3562 \begin_layout Standard
3563 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3564 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3565 the paper format and the font size into account.
3568 \begin_layout Subsection
3572 \begin_layout Standard
3573 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3578 That includes the paragraph environments.
3579 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3580 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3581 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3582 paragraph environments to
3586 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3587 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3588 the conversion and why it failed.
3591 \begin_layout Section
3592 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3593 \begin_inset Index idx
3596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3597 Paragraph ! Indentation
3605 \begin_layout Subsection
3607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3609 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3616 \begin_layout Standard
3617 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3618 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3621 \begin_layout Standard
3622 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3623 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3624 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3625 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3629 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3635 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3636 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3637 language than English.
3638 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3641 \begin_layout Standard
3642 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3643 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3645 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3646 LyX takes care of that.
3647 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3649 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3650 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3651 of a page, and so on.
3655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3656 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3661 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3662 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3666 of these pre-coded spacings.
3667 We'll explain more later.
3670 \begin_layout Subsection
3671 Paragraph Separation
3672 \begin_inset Index idx
3675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3676 Paragraph ! Separation
3684 \begin_layout Standard
3685 To separate paragraphs, select
3696 \begin_inset space ~
3703 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3707 \begin_inset Index idx
3710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3716 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3717 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3718 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3721 \begin_layout Standard
3731 \begin_layout Standard
3732 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3733 \begin_inset space ~
3737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3739 reference "cap:Units"
3744 The default length is 30
3745 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3751 \begin_layout Subsection
3755 \begin_layout Standard
3756 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3759 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3761 \begin_inset space ~
3766 dialog and toggle the
3769 \begin_inset space ~
3774 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3777 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3781 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3782 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3786 \begin_layout Standard
3787 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3788 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3791 \begin_layout Subsection
3793 \begin_inset Index idx
3796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3797 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3805 \begin_layout Standard
3808 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3812 \begin_inset Index idx
3815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3824 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3827 \begin_inset space ~
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3837 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3842 \begin_inset Index idx
3845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3846 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3851 installed to use this feature.
3859 \begin_layout Section
3860 Paragraph Environments
3861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3863 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3868 \begin_inset Index idx
3871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3872 Paragraph ! Environments
3878 \begin_inset Index idx
3881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3882 Paragraph environments|(
3890 \begin_layout Subsection
3894 \begin_layout Standard
3895 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3898 \begin_layout Standard
3917 \begin_inset Newline newline
3920 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3921 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3922 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3931 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3934 \begin_layout Standard
3935 A paragraph environment is simply a
3936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3943 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3944 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3945 scheme, labels, and so on.
3946 Additionally, you can
3947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3954 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3955 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3956 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3957 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3958 days of typewriters.
3959 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3961 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3964 \begin_layout Standard
3965 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3966 \begin_inset Graphics
3967 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3973 at the left end of the toolbar.
3974 LyX will change the environment of the
3978 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3979 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3980 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3984 \begin_layout Standard
3993 create a new paragraph using the
3997 paragraph environment.
3999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4006 because if you are in one of these environments:
4009 \begin_layout Itemize
4015 \begin_layout Itemize
4021 \begin_layout Itemize
4027 \begin_layout Itemize
4033 \begin_layout Itemize
4039 \begin_layout Itemize
4045 \begin_layout Itemize
4051 \begin_layout Standard
4052 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4056 , rather than resetting it to
4061 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4062 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4063 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4064 \begin_inset space ~
4068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4070 reference "sec:Nesting"
4075 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4080 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4081 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4085 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4091 \begin_layout Subsection
4095 \begin_layout Standard
4096 The default paragraph environment is
4101 It creates a plain paragraph.
4102 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4103 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4104 this manual) are in the
4111 \begin_layout Standard
4112 You can nest a paragraph using the
4116 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4124 \begin_layout Subsection
4126 \begin_inset Index idx
4129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4138 \begin_layout Standard
4139 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4148 for thanks or contact information.
4149 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4150 page along with today's date.
4151 For other types of documents, the title
4152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4159 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4163 \begin_layout Standard
4164 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4178 Here's how you use them:
4181 \begin_layout Itemize
4182 Put the title of your document in the
4189 \begin_layout Itemize
4190 Put the author name in the
4197 \begin_layout Itemize
4198 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4199 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4205 Note that using this environment is optional.
4206 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4207 If you don't want any date, add the line
4208 \begin_inset Newline newline
4218 \begin_inset Newline newline
4221 to the preamble of your document (menu
4223 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4229 \begin_layout Standard
4230 You can use footnotes to insert
4231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4238 or contact information.
4241 \begin_layout Subsection
4243 \begin_inset Index idx
4246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4262 \begin_layout Standard
4263 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4264 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4267 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4269 \begin_inset Index idx
4272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4273 Section headings ! Numbered
4281 \begin_layout Standard
4282 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4286 \begin_layout Enumerate
4292 \begin_layout Enumerate
4298 \begin_layout Enumerate
4304 \begin_layout Enumerate
4310 \begin_layout Enumerate
4316 \begin_layout Enumerate
4322 \begin_layout Enumerate
4328 \begin_layout Standard
4329 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4330 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4331 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4334 \begin_layout Standard
4335 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4336 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4337 You group the book into chapters.
4338 LyX does similar grouping:
4341 \begin_layout Itemize
4346 is divided in either
4357 \begin_layout Itemize
4369 \begin_layout Itemize
4381 \begin_layout Itemize
4391 \begin_layout Itemize
4403 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 \begin_layout Standard
4414 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4422 Not all document types use the
4426 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4431 is the top-level heading.
4439 \begin_layout Standard
4444 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4445 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4447 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4461 \begin_inset Index idx
4464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4465 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4473 \begin_layout Standard
4474 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4478 \begin_layout Enumerate
4484 \begin_layout Enumerate
4490 \begin_layout Enumerate
4496 \begin_layout Enumerate
4502 \begin_layout Enumerate
4508 \begin_layout Standard
4510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4517 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4518 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4519 table of contents, see section
4520 \begin_inset space ~
4524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4533 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4534 Changing the Numbering
4535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4537 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4544 \begin_layout Standard
4545 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4546 in the Table of Contents.
4547 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4549 Certain classes start with
4563 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4573 This is something you can change.
4576 \begin_layout Standard
4579 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4585 \begin_inset Index idx
4588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4599 \begin_inset space ~
4603 \begin_inset space ~
4608 you'll see two counters.
4613 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4615 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4619 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4620 Short Titles of Headings
4621 \begin_inset Index idx
4624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4625 Section headings ! Short titles
4634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4643 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4650 \begin_layout Standard
4651 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4652 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4653 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4654 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4657 \begin_layout Standard
4658 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4659 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4660 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4661 To specify a short title, use the menu
4663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4665 \begin_inset space ~
4671 This will insert a box labeled
4672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4687 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4688 This also works for captions inside floats.
4691 \begin_layout Standard
4692 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4695 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4699 \begin_layout Standard
4700 The following information applies to all section headings:
4703 \begin_layout Itemize
4704 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4707 \begin_layout Itemize
4708 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4711 \begin_layout Itemize
4712 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4715 \begin_layout Itemize
4716 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4719 \begin_layout Subsection
4720 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4723 \begin_layout Standard
4724 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4738 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4739 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4740 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4741 the text they contain.
4742 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4750 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4753 \begin_layout Standard
4754 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4763 when you start a new paragraph.
4764 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4768 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4769 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4770 to change back to the
4774 environment yourself.
4777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4794 \begin_inset Index idx
4797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4806 \begin_layout Standard
4807 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4808 time for the differences.
4817 are identical except for one difference:
4821 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4830 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4833 \begin_layout Standard
4834 Here's an example of the
4847 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4849 See – no indentation!
4853 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4854 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4855 the other paragraph.
4858 \begin_layout Standard
4859 Here's another example, this time in the
4866 \begin_layout Quotation
4872 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4873 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4874 the first line, then
4878 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4882 you were quoting other text.
4885 \begin_layout Quotation
4886 Here's a new paragraph.
4887 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4888 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4891 \begin_layout Standard
4892 As the examples show,
4896 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4897 They should put quotes in the
4902 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4906 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4909 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4915 \begin_inset Index idx
4918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4927 \begin_inset Index idx
4930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4946 \begin_layout Standard
4951 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4957 \begin_inset Newline newline
4960 Which I did not rehearse!
4964 It could be much worse.
4965 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4967 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4968 indented a bit more than the first.
4969 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4975 \begin_inset Newline newline
4978 And make things look fine
4979 \begin_inset Newline newline
4985 arg "newline-insert newline"
4991 \begin_layout Standard
4996 does not indent both margins.
4997 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4998 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5005 arg "newline-insert newline"
5011 \begin_layout Subsection
5013 \begin_inset Index idx
5016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5032 \begin_layout Standard
5033 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5043 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5052 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5053 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5054 some general features of all four of them.
5057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5061 \begin_layout Standard
5062 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5064 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5073 reset the environment to
5077 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5078 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5079 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5083 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5086 to break paragraphs.
5089 \begin_layout Standard
5090 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5091 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5093 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5094 you read all of section
5095 \begin_inset space ~
5099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5101 reference "sec:Nesting"
5109 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5115 \begin_inset Index idx
5118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5134 \begin_layout Standard
5135 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5139 paragraph environment.
5140 It has the following properties:
5143 \begin_layout Itemize
5144 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5148 \begin_layout Itemize
5149 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5152 \begin_layout Itemize
5153 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5157 \begin_layout Itemize
5158 The items can have any length.
5159 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5160 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5167 \begin_layout Itemize
5172 environment inside another
5176 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5180 \begin_layout Itemize
5181 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5184 \begin_layout Itemize
5185 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5188 \begin_layout Itemize
5190 \begin_inset space ~
5194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5196 reference "sec:Nesting"
5200 for a full explanation of nesting.
5204 \begin_layout Standard
5205 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5214 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5217 \begin_layout Standard
5218 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5219 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5220 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5223 \begin_layout Itemize
5224 The label for the first level
5228 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5232 \begin_layout Itemize
5233 The label for the second level is a dash.
5237 \begin_layout Itemize
5238 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5242 \begin_layout Itemize
5243 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5247 \begin_layout Itemize
5248 Back out to the third level.
5252 \begin_layout Itemize
5253 Back to the second level.
5257 \begin_layout Itemize
5258 Back to the outermost level.
5261 \begin_layout Standard
5262 These are the default labels for an
5267 You can customize these labels in the
5269 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5272 dialog in the submenu
5279 \begin_inset Index idx
5282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5291 \begin_layout Standard
5292 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5293 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5295 \begin_inset space ~
5299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5301 reference "sec:Nesting"
5308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5314 \begin_inset Index idx
5317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5326 name "sec:Enumerate"
5333 \begin_layout Standard
5338 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5339 It has these properties:
5342 \begin_layout Enumerate
5343 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5347 \begin_layout Enumerate
5348 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5352 \begin_layout Enumerate
5353 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5356 \begin_layout Enumerate
5361 environment resets the counter to one.
5364 \begin_layout Enumerate
5377 \begin_layout Enumerate
5378 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5379 Items can have any length.
5382 \begin_layout Enumerate
5383 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5386 \begin_layout Enumerate
5387 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5390 \begin_layout Enumerate
5391 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5395 \begin_layout Standard
5404 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5405 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5412 \begin_layout Enumerate
5413 The first level of an
5417 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5421 \begin_layout Enumerate
5422 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5426 \begin_layout Enumerate
5427 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5431 \begin_layout Enumerate
5432 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5435 \begin_layout Enumerate
5436 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5441 \begin_layout Enumerate
5442 Back to the third level
5446 \begin_layout Enumerate
5447 Back to the second level.
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Back to the outermost level.
5455 \begin_layout Standard
5456 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5461 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5466 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5470 \begin_layout Standard
5471 There is more to nesting
5475 environments than we've stated here.
5476 You should read section
5477 \begin_inset space ~
5481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5483 reference "sec:Nesting"
5487 to learn more about nesting.
5490 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5496 \begin_inset Index idx
5499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5508 \begin_layout Standard
5509 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5513 list has no fixed label.
5514 Instead, LyX uses the first
5515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5522 of the first line as the label.
5526 \begin_layout Description
5527 Example: This is an example of the
5534 \begin_layout Standard
5535 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5539 \begin_layout Standard
5541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5548 it is meant that the first hit of the
5552 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5554 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5562 arg "space-insert protected"
5567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5568 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5570 \begin_inset space ~
5576 \begin_inset space ~
5580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5582 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5586 for more info.) Here is an example:
5589 \begin_layout Description
5591 \begin_inset space ~
5594 Example: This one shows how to use a
5597 \begin_inset space ~
5609 \begin_layout Description
5610 Usage: You should use the
5614 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5615 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5617 It's not a good idea to use a
5621 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5622 You're better off using
5634 paragraphs into them.
5637 \begin_layout Description
5638 Nesting: You can nest
5642 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5646 \begin_layout Standard
5647 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5648 them from the first line.
5651 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5657 \begin_inset Index idx
5660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5669 \begin_layout Standard
5674 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5677 \begin_layout Standard
5678 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5686 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5691 environment is named
5703 \begin_layout Standard
5712 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5713 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5716 \begin_layout Labeling
5717 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5719 \begin_inset space ~
5722 labels LyX uses the first
5723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5730 of each line as the item label.
5735 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5736 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5737 blank as described above.
5740 \begin_layout Labeling
5741 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5742 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5743 the body of the item text.
5744 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5745 label width plus a little extra space.
5749 \begin_layout Labeling
5750 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5752 \begin_inset space ~
5755 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5757 If the label width is larger, the label
5758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5765 into the first line.
5766 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5767 margin of the rest of the item text.
5770 \begin_layout Labeling
5771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5773 \begin_inset space ~
5776 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5781 environment have the same left margin.
5782 \begin_inset Newline newline
5785 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5788 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5790 \begin_inset space ~
5799 \begin_inset space ~
5804 determines the default label width.
5805 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5814 multiple times instead.
5815 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5824 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5827 \begin_inset space ~
5832 every time you alter a label in a
5837 \begin_inset Newline newline
5840 The predefined default width is the length of
5841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5850 \begin_inset Newline newline
5854 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5862 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5863 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5871 \begin_layout Standard
5876 environment the same way like the
5880 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5886 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5890 \begin_layout Standard
5895 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5897 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5899 \begin_inset space ~
5903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5905 reference "sec:Nesting"
5909 to learn about nesting.
5912 \begin_layout Standard
5913 There is yet another feature of the
5917 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5919 You can use additional
5923 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5928 are documented in section
5929 \begin_inset space ~
5933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5935 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5940 Here are some examples:
5941 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5947 \begin_layout Labeling
5948 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5949 Left The default for
5956 \begin_layout Labeling
5957 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5958 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5965 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5968 \begin_layout Labeling
5969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5970 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5974 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5981 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5984 \begin_layout Subsection
5986 \begin_inset Index idx
5989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5998 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6006 \begin_inset space ~
6014 \begin_layout Standard
6015 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6023 \begin_inset space ~
6029 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6030 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6031 In contrast, you can use the
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6043 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6044 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6048 \begin_layout Standard
6049 Of course, you're not limited to using
6056 \begin_inset space ~
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6070 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6071 some European academic papers.
6074 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6078 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6085 \begin_layout Standard
6090 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6091 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6095 \begin_inset space ~
6100 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6101 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6102 Here's an example of each:
6105 \begin_layout Right Address
6107 \begin_inset Newline newline
6111 \begin_inset Newline newline
6115 \begin_inset Newline newline
6118 When is it? What is today?
6121 \begin_layout Standard
6125 \begin_inset space ~
6131 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6132 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6133 Here's an example of the
6140 \begin_layout Address
6142 \begin_inset Newline newline
6145 Where do I send this
6146 \begin_inset Newline newline
6149 Your post office and country
6152 \begin_layout Standard
6153 As you can see, both
6160 \begin_inset space ~
6165 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6170 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6176 This makes sense, since
6184 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6185 Thus, you have to use
6192 arg "newline-insert newline"
6198 \begin_inset space ~
6201 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6203 \begin_inset space ~
6212 menu) to start a new line in an
6219 \begin_inset space ~
6227 \begin_layout Subsection
6231 \begin_layout Standard
6232 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6233 or list of references.
6234 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6237 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6241 \begin_inset Index idx
6244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6253 \begin_layout Standard
6258 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6259 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6260 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6261 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6265 in anything else or vice versa.
6271 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6272 The book document classes ignores the
6276 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6280 in a letter document class.
6283 \begin_layout Standard
6288 environment does several things for you.
6289 First, it puts the centered label
6290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6298 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6300 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6301 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6302 the subsequent text.
6303 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6304 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6307 \begin_layout Standard
6308 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6312 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6313 The new paragraph will still be in the
6318 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6319 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6322 \begin_layout Standard
6323 \begin_inset Float figure
6328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6330 \begin_inset Graphics
6331 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6339 \begin_inset Caption
6341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6344 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6365 \begin_layout Standard
6366 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6370 environment, but since this document is in the
6371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6378 class, we can't do this.
6379 We inserted it therefore as figure
6380 \begin_inset space ~
6384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6386 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6391 If you've never heard of an
6392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6399 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6402 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6408 \begin_inset Index idx
6411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6420 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6427 \begin_layout Standard
6432 environment is used to list references.
6433 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6434 only use it at the end of the document.
6439 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6442 \begin_layout Standard
6443 When you first open a
6447 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6463 depending on the document class.
6464 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6465 Each paragraph of the
6469 environment is a bibliography entry.
6474 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6475 Each new paragraph is still in the
6482 \begin_layout Standard
6483 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6484 by using a BibTeX database.
6485 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6486 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6487 \begin_inset space ~
6491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6493 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6500 \begin_layout Subsection
6504 \begin_inset Index idx
6507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6508 Paragraph ! LyX code
6514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6523 \begin_layout Standard
6528 environment is another LyX extension.
6529 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6534 key as a fixed whitespace;
6538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6550 \begin_inset space ~
6555 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6560 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6561 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6564 arg "newline-insert newline"
6581 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6582 So, when you finish using the
6586 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6587 Also, you can nest the
6591 environment inside of others.
6594 \begin_layout Standard
6595 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6598 \begin_layout Itemize
6602 arg "newline-insert newline"
6605 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6606 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6610 \begin_inset space \space{}
6620 arg "newline-insert newline"
6626 \begin_layout Itemize
6630 arg "newline-insert newline"
6641 \begin_layout Itemize
6646 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6653 \begin_layout Itemize
6657 arg "space-insert protected"
6664 \begin_layout Itemize
6665 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6666 You must put at least one
6670 in any line you want blank.
6671 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6674 \begin_layout Itemize
6675 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6679 since that will insert
6684 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6687 arg "self-insert \""
6693 \begin_layout Standard
6697 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6701 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6713 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6714 printf("Hello World!
6719 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6723 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6727 \begin_layout Standard
6728 This is just the standard
6729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6740 \begin_layout Standard
6745 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6746 rc-files, and so on.
6747 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6748 as if you used a typewriter.
6749 \begin_inset Index idx
6752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6753 Paragraph environments|)
6761 \begin_layout Section
6762 Nesting Environments
6763 \begin_inset Index idx
6766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6767 Nesting ! Environments
6773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6782 \begin_layout Subsection
6786 \begin_layout Standard
6787 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6789 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6791 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6793 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6805 \begin_layout Enumerate
6809 \begin_layout Enumerate
6814 \begin_layout Enumerate
6818 \begin_layout Enumerate
6823 \begin_layout Enumerate
6827 \begin_layout Standard
6828 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6829 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6832 \begin_inset space ~
6836 \begin_inset space ~
6844 \begin_inset space ~
6848 \begin_inset space ~
6857 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6858 will tell you how far you are nested).
6859 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6860 \begin_inset Graphics
6861 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6866 \begin_inset Graphics
6867 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6871 or the convenient key bindings
6882 arg "depth-increment"
6888 arg "depth-decrement"
6891 to change the nesting level.
6892 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6893 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6897 \begin_layout Standard
6898 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6899 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6900 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6901 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6904 \begin_layout Standard
6905 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6906 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6908 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6911 \begin_layout Subsection
6912 What You Can and Can't Nest
6915 \begin_layout Standard
6916 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6917 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6920 \begin_layout Standard
6921 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6922 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6923 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6926 \begin_layout Itemize
6927 Completely unnestable
6930 \begin_layout Itemize
6931 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6935 \begin_layout Itemize
6936 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6940 \begin_layout Standard
6941 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6942 environments have them:
6945 \begin_layout Description
6946 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6947 Can't nest into them.
6951 \begin_layout Itemize
6957 \begin_layout Itemize
6963 \begin_layout Itemize
6969 \begin_layout Itemize
6975 \begin_layout Itemize
6982 \begin_layout Description
6984 \begin_inset space ~
6987 Nestable You can nest them.
6988 You can nest other things into them.
6992 \begin_layout Itemize
6998 \begin_layout Itemize
7004 \begin_layout Itemize
7010 \begin_layout Itemize
7016 \begin_layout Itemize
7022 \begin_layout Itemize
7028 \begin_layout Itemize
7034 \begin_layout Itemize
7041 \begin_layout Description
7042 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7043 You can't nest anything into them.
7047 \begin_layout Itemize
7053 \begin_layout Itemize
7059 \begin_layout Itemize
7065 \begin_layout Itemize
7071 \begin_layout Itemize
7077 \begin_layout Itemize
7083 \begin_layout Itemize
7089 \begin_layout Itemize
7095 \begin_layout Itemize
7101 \begin_layout Itemize
7107 \begin_layout Itemize
7113 \begin_layout Itemize
7119 \begin_layout Itemize
7125 \begin_layout Itemize
7129 \begin_inset space ~
7135 \begin_layout Itemize
7142 \begin_layout Standard
7143 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7151 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7160 \begin_inset space ~
7164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7168 \begin_inset space \space{}
7171 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7172 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7173 section headings violate this.
7181 \begin_layout Subsection
7182 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7183 \begin_inset Index idx
7186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7187 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7195 \begin_layout Standard
7196 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7197 affected by nesting anyhow.
7201 \begin_layout Itemize
7205 \begin_layout Itemize
7209 \begin_layout Itemize
7213 \begin_layout Standard
7215 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7223 Figures and tables in
7227 are not affected by this.
7232 Have a look at section
7233 \begin_inset space ~
7237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7239 reference "sec:Floats"
7243 for more information about
7250 \begin_layout Standard
7251 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7252 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7256 \begin_layout Standard
7257 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7265 of its own, it behaves just like a
7266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7273 paragraph environment.
7274 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7278 \begin_layout Standard
7279 Here's an example with a table:
7282 \begin_layout Enumerate
7287 \begin_layout Enumerate
7288 This is (a) and it's nested.
7292 \begin_layout Standard
7293 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7299 \begin_layout Standard
7301 \begin_inset Tabular
7302 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7303 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7304 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7305 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7389 \begin_layout Standard
7390 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7397 \begin_layout Enumerate
7399 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7403 \begin_layout Enumerate
7407 \begin_layout Standard
7408 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7411 \begin_layout Enumerate
7416 \begin_layout Enumerate
7417 This is (a) and it's nested.
7421 \begin_layout Standard
7422 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7428 \begin_layout Standard
7430 \begin_inset Tabular
7431 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7432 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7433 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7434 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7518 \begin_layout Standard
7519 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7525 \begin_layout Enumerate
7532 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7535 \begin_layout Enumerate
7539 \begin_layout Standard
7540 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7544 \begin_layout Standard
7545 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7547 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7550 \begin_layout Enumerate
7555 \begin_layout Enumerate
7556 This is (a) and it's nested.
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7560 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7566 \begin_layout Standard
7568 \begin_inset Tabular
7569 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7570 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7571 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7572 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7656 \begin_layout Standard
7657 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7663 \begin_layout Enumerate
7665 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7673 \begin_layout Enumerate
7677 \begin_layout Standard
7678 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7684 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7685 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7689 \begin_layout Subsection
7690 Usage and General Features
7693 \begin_layout Standard
7694 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7703 is the innermost possible depth.
7704 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7707 \begin_layout Enumerate
7708 level #1 - outermost
7712 \begin_layout Enumerate
7717 \begin_layout Enumerate
7722 \begin_layout Enumerate
7727 \begin_layout Itemize
7732 \begin_layout Itemize
7741 \begin_layout Standard
7742 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7743 both of them in the example.
7744 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7754 For example, if we tried to nest another
7759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7766 , we would get errors.
7769 \begin_layout Subsection
7771 \begin_inset Index idx
7774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7783 \begin_layout Standard
7784 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7785 We have several examples of nested environments.
7786 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7790 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7791 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7794 \begin_layout Labeling
7795 \labelwidthstring MMM
7796 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7805 \begin_layout Labeling
7806 \labelwidthstring MMM
7807 #2-a This is level #2.
7808 We created it by using
7811 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7817 arg "depth-increment"
7824 \begin_layout Labeling
7825 \labelwidthstring MMM
7826 #3-a This is level #3.
7827 This time, we just hit
7834 arg "depth-increment"
7838 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7842 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7848 arg "depth-increment"
7855 \begin_layout Standard
7860 environment, nested inside of
7861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7869 So, it's at level #4.
7870 We did this by hitting
7873 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7879 arg "depth-increment"
7882 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7887 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7903 \begin_layout Standard
7908 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7911 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7917 \begin_layout Labeling
7918 \labelwidthstring MMM
7919 #4-a This is level #4.
7923 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7926 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7931 Remember - we can't nest anything inside a
7935 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7940 keep nesting things inside
7941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7952 \begin_layout Labeling
7953 \labelwidthstring MMM
7954 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7959 \begin_layout Labeling
7960 \labelwidthstring MMM
7961 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7962 and this is level #6.
7963 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7967 \begin_layout Labeling
7968 \labelwidthstring MMM
7969 #5-b Back to level #5.
7973 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7979 arg "depth-decrement"
7986 \begin_layout Labeling
7987 \labelwidthstring MMM
7991 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7997 arg "depth-decrement"
8000 , we're back at level #4.
8004 \begin_layout Labeling
8005 \labelwidthstring MMM
8006 #3-b Back to level #3.
8007 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8011 \begin_layout Labeling
8012 \labelwidthstring MMM
8013 #2-b Back to level #2.
8018 \begin_layout Labeling
8019 \labelwidthstring MMM
8020 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8021 After this sentence, we'll hit
8025 and change the paragraph environment back to
8032 \begin_layout Standard
8033 We could have also used the
8049 environment in place of the
8054 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8058 Example 2: Inheritance
8061 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8062 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8065 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8074 arg "depth-increment"
8077 , after which, we'll change to the
8085 \begin_layout Enumerate
8090 environment, at level #2.
8093 \begin_layout Enumerate
8094 Notice how the nested
8098 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8102 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8106 \begin_layout Standard
8107 We ended this example by hitting
8112 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8116 and reset the nesting depth by using
8119 arg "depth-decrement"
8125 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8126 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8139 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8147 \begin_layout Enumerate
8148 This is level #1, in an
8152 paragraph environment.
8153 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8157 \begin_layout Enumerate
8162 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8168 arg "depth-increment"
8172 Now, what happens if we nest an
8176 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8177 label be? An asterisk?
8181 \begin_layout Itemize
8191 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8192 So, its label is a bullet.
8193 (We got here by using
8196 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8202 arg "depth-increment"
8205 , then changing the environment to
8213 \begin_layout Itemize
8214 Here's level #4, produced using
8217 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8223 arg "depth-increment"
8227 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8232 \begin_layout Enumerate
8233 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8235 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8240 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8244 , because we are in the
8253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8272 \begin_layout Enumerate
8277 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8278 type of numbering does LyX use?
8281 \begin_layout Enumerate
8282 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8285 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8288 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8291 \begin_layout Enumerate
8295 arg "depth-decrement"
8298 to decrease the depth after the next
8301 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8308 \begin_layout Enumerate
8310 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8314 \begin_layout Enumerate
8316 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8317 numeral as the label.Why?
8320 \begin_layout Enumerate
8321 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8330 Notice, however, that LyX
8334 reset the counter for the label.
8338 \begin_layout Enumerate
8342 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8348 arg "depth-decrement"
8351 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8352 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8353 into the twofold-nested
8361 \begin_layout Enumerate
8362 The same thing happens if we do another
8365 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8371 arg "depth-decrement"
8374 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8377 \begin_layout Standard
8378 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8383 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8397 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8403 The same rule applies for the
8407 environment, as well.
8410 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8411 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8414 \begin_layout Enumerate
8415 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8416 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8417 same detail with how we did it.
8426 \begin_layout Standard
8434 arg "depth-increment"
8441 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8442 example in parentheses someplace.
8443 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8444 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8445 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8449 \begin_layout Enumerate
8454 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8459 Now we'll add verse.
8460 \begin_inset Newline newline
8463 It will get much worse.
8464 \begin_inset Newline newline
8474 arg "depth-increment"
8485 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8486 \begin_inset Newline newline
8489 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8490 \begin_inset Newline newline
8496 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8509 \begin_layout Standard
8510 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8516 \begin_layout Standard
8518 \begin_inset Tabular
8519 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8520 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8521 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8522 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8611 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8621 arg "depth-increment"
8627 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8637 arg "depth-decrement"
8644 \begin_layout Enumerate
8649 : level #1) This is another item.
8650 Note that selecting a
8654 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8655 3 times to put the table inside the
8663 \begin_layout Quotation
8664 We're now ending the
8668 list and changing to
8673 We're still at level #1.
8674 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8675 The next set of paragraphs is a
8676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8690 \begin_inset space ~
8695 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8699 for the letter body.
8703 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8706 to preserve the depth.
8707 Remember that you need to use
8710 arg "newline-insert newline"
8713 to create multiple lines inside the
8720 \begin_inset space ~
8730 \begin_layout Right Address
8732 \begin_inset Newline newline
8735 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8736 \begin_inset Newline newline
8742 \begin_layout Address
8744 \begin_inset space ~
8750 \begin_layout Quotation
8751 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8755 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8756 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8757 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8758 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8759 as soon as possible.
8760 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8763 \begin_layout Quotation
8764 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8765 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8766 with your order, along with payment.
8769 \begin_layout Quotation
8770 We thank you again for your patience.
8773 \begin_layout Address
8775 \begin_inset Newline newline
8782 \begin_layout Quotation
8783 That ends that example!
8786 \begin_layout Standard
8787 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8788 just a few keystrokes.
8789 We could have easily nested an
8810 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8813 \begin_layout Section
8814 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8815 \begin_inset Index idx
8818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8828 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8829 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8830 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8831 be broken at the end of a line.
8832 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8836 \begin_layout Subsection
8838 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8840 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8845 \begin_inset Index idx
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8857 \begin_layout Standard
8858 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8860 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8864 Further documentation is given in section
8865 \begin_inset Newline newline
8869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8871 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8879 \begin_layout Standard
8880 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8895 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8904 A protected space is set with
8906 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8907 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8911 \begin_inset space ~
8921 arg "space-insert protected"
8927 \begin_layout Subsection
8929 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8931 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8936 \begin_inset Index idx
8939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8940 Spacing ! Horizontal
8948 \begin_layout Standard
8949 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8951 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8952 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8956 The length units are listed in Appendix
8957 \begin_inset space ~
8961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8963 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8970 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8974 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8979 \begin_inset Index idx
8982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8991 \begin_layout Standard
8993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8997 \begin_inset space \space{}
9000 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9001 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9002 \begin_inset space ~
9006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9008 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9013 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9014 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9017 arg "space-insert normal"
9023 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9027 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9032 \begin_inset Index idx
9035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9044 \begin_layout Standard
9046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9053 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9062 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9063 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9064 inside abbreviations:
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9073 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9076 \begin_layout Standard
9077 or between values and units.
9078 Compare for example this:
9079 \begin_inset Newline newline
9083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9087 \begin_inset Newline newline
9093 \begin_layout Standard
9094 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9097 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9099 \begin_inset space ~
9107 arg "space-insert thin"
9113 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9115 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9117 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9124 \begin_layout Standard
9125 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9128 \begin_layout Description
9130 \begin_inset space ~
9134 \begin_inset space ~
9138 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9142 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9146 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9149 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9152 \begin_layout Description
9154 \begin_inset space ~
9158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9162 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9166 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9170 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9174 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9177 em) space between the arrows.
9180 \begin_layout Description
9182 \begin_inset space ~
9186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9190 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9194 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9198 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9202 \begin_inset space ~
9206 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9209 em) space between the arrows.
9212 \begin_layout Description
9214 \begin_inset space ~
9218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9222 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9226 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9230 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9234 \begin_inset space ~
9238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9241 em) space between the arrows.
9244 \begin_layout Description
9246 \begin_inset space ~
9250 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9254 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9259 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9263 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9266 cm space between the arrows.
9269 \begin_layout Standard
9271 \begin_inset space ~
9275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9277 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9281 lists the different space sizes.
9284 \begin_layout Standard
9285 \begin_inset Float table
9290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9292 \begin_inset Caption
9294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9297 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9301 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9311 \begin_inset Tabular
9312 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9313 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9355 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9379 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9470 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9498 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9538 \begin_inset Index idx
9541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 \begin_layout Standard
9551 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9552 in a uniform fashion.
9553 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9554 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9555 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9556 equally between themselves.
9560 \begin_layout Standard
9561 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9566 This is on the left side
9567 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9570 This is on the right
9576 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9580 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9589 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9593 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9597 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9603 \begin_layout Standard
9604 That was an example in the
9610 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9614 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9618 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9621 is one in a standard paragraph.
9622 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9626 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9629 \begin_layout Standard
9630 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9633 \begin_inset space ~
9638 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9641 \begin_layout Standard
9643 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9647 \begin_inset space ~
9653 \begin_layout Standard
9655 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9659 \begin_inset space ~
9665 \begin_layout Standard
9667 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9671 \begin_inset space ~
9677 \begin_layout Standard
9679 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9683 \begin_inset space ~
9689 \begin_layout Standard
9691 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9695 \begin_inset space ~
9701 \begin_layout Standard
9703 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9707 \begin_inset space ~
9713 \begin_layout Standard
9714 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9722 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9726 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9727 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9728 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9732 option in the space dialog.
9740 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9742 \begin_inset Index idx
9745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9754 \begin_layout Standard
9755 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9761 \begin_inset space \space{}
9764 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9767 \begin_layout Standard
9768 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9771 What is correct English?:
9772 \begin_inset Newline newline
9776 \begin_inset Newline newline
9780 \begin_inset space ~
9783 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9784 \begin_inset Newline newline
9791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9802 \begin_inset Newline newline
9809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9820 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9826 \begin_layout Standard
9827 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9832 \begin_inset space ~
9836 \begin_inset space ~
9840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9844 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9862 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9866 for more information about TeX-Code.
9872 In our case write the command
9879 (note the space after
9880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9887 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9888 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9889 That is why it is named
9890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9902 There exists also the commands
9914 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9915 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9916 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9918 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9930 \begin_layout Subsection
9932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9934 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9939 \begin_inset Index idx
9942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9954 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9955 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9957 \begin_inset space ~
9963 There you find the following sizes:
9966 \begin_layout Standard
9979 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9984 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9986 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9990 \begin_inset Index idx
9993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9999 for the paragraph separation.
10000 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10011 \begin_layout Standard
10017 \begin_inset Index idx
10020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10026 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10027 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10029 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10030 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10039 : they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10048 are described in section
10049 \begin_inset space ~
10053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10055 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10064 If there are several
10068 on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10069 You can therefore use
10073 to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10076 \begin_layout Standard
10081 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10082 \begin_inset space ~
10086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10088 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10095 \begin_layout Standard
10096 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10106 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10107 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10119 \begin_layout Subsection
10120 Paragraph Alignment
10123 \begin_layout Standard
10124 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10126 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10130 There are four possibilities:
10133 \begin_layout Itemize
10141 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10147 \begin_layout Itemize
10155 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10161 \begin_layout Itemize
10169 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10175 \begin_layout Itemize
10183 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10189 \begin_layout Itemize
10197 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10203 \begin_layout Standard
10204 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10205 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10206 the left and right margins.
10207 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10210 \begin_layout Standard
10212 This paragraph is right aligned,
10215 \begin_layout Standard
10217 this one is centered,
10220 \begin_layout Standard
10222 this one is left aligned.
10225 \begin_layout Subsection
10227 \begin_inset Index idx
10230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10231 Page breaks ! Forced
10237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10239 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10246 \begin_layout Standard
10247 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10248 can force a page break where you want one.
10249 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10250 Only if you use a lot of
10254 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10257 \begin_layout Standard
10258 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10259 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10263 have to change the page breaking.
10266 \begin_layout Standard
10267 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10269 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10271 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10272 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10274 \begin_inset space ~
10280 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10283 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 \begin_inset space ~
10290 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10292 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10293 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10296 \begin_layout Standard
10297 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10298 at the top of a page.
10299 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10300 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10301 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10302 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10306 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10310 to learn more about
10317 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10321 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10326 \begin_inset Index idx
10329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10330 Page breaks ! Clear
10338 \begin_layout Standard
10339 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10340 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10341 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10342 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10343 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10346 \begin_layout Standard
10347 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10349 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10350 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10352 \begin_inset space ~
10358 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10361 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10363 \begin_inset space ~
10367 \begin_inset space ~
10372 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10373 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10376 \begin_layout Subsection
10378 \begin_inset Index idx
10381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10390 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10397 \begin_layout Standard
10398 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10400 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10402 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10403 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10405 \begin_inset space ~
10409 \begin_inset space ~
10417 arg "newline-insert newline"
10421 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10423 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10424 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10426 \begin_inset space ~
10430 \begin_inset space ~
10435 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10437 This is necessary to avoid
10438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10445 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10448 \begin_layout Standard
10449 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10450 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10451 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10452 set a line break, e.
10453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10457 \begin_inset space \space{}
10460 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10461 \begin_inset space ~
10465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10467 reference "sec:Quote"
10472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10474 reference "sec:Verse"
10479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10481 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10488 \begin_layout Subsection
10490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10492 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10497 \begin_inset Index idx
10500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10509 \begin_layout Standard
10514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10515 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10517 \begin_inset space ~
10522 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10528 \begin_layout Section
10529 Characters and Symbols
10532 \begin_layout Standard
10533 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10534 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10539 \begin_inset space \space{}
10542 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10550 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10554 for information on how this is done.
10557 \begin_layout Standard
10558 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10563 dialog via the menu
10565 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10566 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10572 \begin_layout Standard
10573 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10581 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10582 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10583 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10591 \begin_layout Section
10592 Fonts and Text Styles
10593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10595 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10602 \begin_layout Subsection
10604 \begin_inset Index idx
10607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10617 There are two types of fonts:
10620 \begin_layout Description
10622 \begin_inset space ~
10626 \begin_inset Index idx
10629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10635 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10640 characters) in the font.
10641 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10642 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10643 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10644 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10645 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10646 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10647 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10648 \begin_inset Newline newline
10651 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10652 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10653 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10654 sizes than at small ones.
10655 \begin_inset Newline newline
10669 \begin_inset space ~
10677 \begin_layout Description
10679 \begin_inset space ~
10683 \begin_inset Index idx
10686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10692 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10693 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10694 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10695 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10696 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10697 picture manipulation program.
10698 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10699 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10700 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10701 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10702 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10704 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10705 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10706 \begin_inset Newline newline
10709 Bitmap fonts are named
10712 \begin_inset space ~
10717 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10720 \begin_layout Standard
10721 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10722 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10723 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10724 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10725 use scalable fonts.
10728 \begin_layout Standard
10729 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10730 its document properties.
10733 \begin_layout Standard
10734 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10735 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10736 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10737 font to emphasize text, you use an
10738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10746 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10747 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10751 \begin_layout Subsection
10752 Document Font and Font size
10753 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10755 name "sub:Document-Font"
10760 \begin_inset Index idx
10763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10770 \begin_inset Index idx
10773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10782 \begin_layout Standard
10783 You can set the document fonts in the
10785 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10789 \begin_inset Index idx
10792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10793 Document ! Settings
10799 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10800 font shapes roman (serif),
10803 \begin_inset space ~
10815 \begin_layout Standard
10816 The possible options for the font include
10820 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10825 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10847 European Computer Modern
10850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10860 \begin_layout Standard
10869 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10870 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10875 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10878 \begin_inset space ~
10883 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10889 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10890 There are three ways to use one:
10893 \begin_layout Itemize
10894 One way is to use the
10904 Virtual means that it
10905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10916 -glyphs from other fonts.
10917 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10939 Loading the LaTeX-package
10944 \begin_inset Index idx
10947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10948 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10953 with the document preamble line
10954 \begin_inset Newline newline
10961 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10962 \begin_inset Newline newline
10967 will fix the guillemet problem.
10972 and that accented characters are not
10976 glyph, they are build of
10980 characters, the accent and the letter.
10981 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10985 fonts for words with accented characters.
10986 If you search for example for the French word
10987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10994 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11003 and not for the glyph
11004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11008 \begin_inset space ~
11012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11018 \begin_layout Itemize
11019 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11032 , consist of these three main font types
11035 \begin_inset space ~
11064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11068 \begin_inset space ~
11075 as typewriter font.
11076 \begin_inset Newline newline
11079 The differences between roman,
11082 \begin_inset space ~
11091 fonts are explained in section
11092 \begin_inset space ~
11096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11098 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11103 \begin_inset Newline newline
11110 was originally designed for newspapers.
11111 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11112 into the small newspaper columns.
11117 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11120 \begin_layout Itemize
11121 The best solution is to use the
11130 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11134 as the default font.
11135 In most cases they look the same as
11143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11144 One difference is improved kerning for the
11157 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11168 \begin_layout Standard
11169 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11172 For the font size there are four possible values:
11189 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11192 \begin_layout Standard
11193 The font sizes are the
11198 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11199 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11200 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11203 \begin_inset space ~
11209 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11210 \begin_inset space ~
11214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11216 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11223 \begin_layout Standard
11228 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11229 a font to display the script characters.
11233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11234 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11239 So this has no effect for the document language
11255 \begin_layout Standard
11256 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11260 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11268 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11272 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11273 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11274 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11276 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11279 dialog, see section
11280 \begin_inset space ~
11284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11286 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11298 \begin_layout Subsection
11299 Using Different Character Styles
11300 \begin_inset Index idx
11303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11310 \begin_inset Index idx
11313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11322 \begin_layout Standard
11323 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11324 certain paragraph environments.
11325 LyX supports two character styles,
11334 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11338 \begin_layout Standard
11343 style, do one of the following:
11346 \begin_layout Itemize
11347 click on the toolbar button
11348 \begin_inset Graphics
11349 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11356 \begin_layout Itemize
11357 use the key binding
11366 \begin_layout Standard
11367 These commands are all toggles.
11372 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11375 \begin_layout Standard
11376 One typically uses the
11380 style for proper names.
11382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11389 is the original author of LyX.
11390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11396 \begin_layout Standard
11397 A more widely used character style is the
11402 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11409 \begin_layout Itemize
11410 clicking on the toolbar button
11411 \begin_inset Graphics
11412 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11419 \begin_layout Itemize
11420 using the keybindings
11429 \begin_layout Standard
11434 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11435 es use a different font.
11438 \begin_layout Standard
11439 We've been using the
11443 style all over the place in this document.
11444 Here's one more example:
11447 \begin_layout Quotation
11450 Don't overuse character styles!
11453 \begin_layout Standard
11454 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11455 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11456 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11457 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11461 \begin_layout Standard
11462 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11470 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11472 \begin_inset space ~
11480 \begin_layout Subsection
11481 Fine-Tuning with the
11486 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11488 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11493 \begin_inset Index idx
11496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11505 \begin_layout Standard
11506 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11507 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11508 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11509 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11510 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11511 from ordinary dialog.
11514 \begin_layout Standard
11515 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11516 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11517 \begin_inset Newline newline
11520 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11521 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11524 \begin_layout Standard
11525 To use custom character styles, open the
11527 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11529 \begin_inset space ~
11535 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11536 font property which you can choose.
11537 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11540 \begin_inset space ~
11545 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11550 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11551 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11552 environments in a snap.
11555 \begin_layout Standard
11556 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11559 \begin_inset space ~
11571 \begin_layout Labeling
11572 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11586 The possible options are:
11590 \begin_layout Labeling
11591 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11596 This is the Roman font family.
11597 Normally a serif font.
11598 It's also the default family.
11608 \begin_layout Labeling
11609 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11613 \begin_inset space ~
11620 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11632 \begin_layout Labeling
11633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11640 This is the Typewriter font family.
11646 arg "font-typewriter"
11655 \begin_layout Labeling
11656 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11661 This corresponds to the print weight.
11666 \begin_layout Labeling
11667 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11672 This is the Medium font series.
11673 It's also the default series.
11676 \begin_layout Labeling
11677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11684 This is the Bold font series.
11697 \begin_layout Labeling
11698 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11703 As the name implies.
11708 \begin_layout Labeling
11709 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11714 This is the Upright font shape.
11715 It's also the default shape.
11718 \begin_layout Labeling
11719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11733 s the Italic font shape
11739 \begin_layout Labeling
11740 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11747 This is the Slanted font shape
11749 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11752 \begin_layout Labeling
11753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11757 \begin_inset space ~
11764 This is the Small caps font shape
11771 \begin_layout Labeling
11772 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11777 Alters the size of the font.
11778 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11779 nal to the document font size.
11780 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11781 what you want to do.
11786 \begin_layout Labeling
11787 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11808 arg "font-size tiny"
11814 \begin_layout Labeling
11815 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11836 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11842 \begin_layout Labeling
11843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11864 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11870 \begin_layout Labeling
11871 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11892 arg "font-size small"
11898 \begin_layout Labeling
11899 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11913 It's also the default size.
11917 arg "font-size normal"
11923 \begin_layout Labeling
11924 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11945 arg "font-size large"
11951 \begin_layout Labeling
11952 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11973 arg "font-size larger"
11979 \begin_layout Labeling
11980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12001 arg "font-size largest"
12007 \begin_layout Labeling
12008 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12029 arg "font-size huge"
12035 \begin_layout Labeling
12036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12057 arg "font-size giant"
12064 \begin_layout Standard
12069 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12070 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12071 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12072 - use that instead.
12073 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12076 \begin_layout Labeling
12077 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12082 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12087 \begin_layout Labeling
12088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12095 This is text with emphasize on
12098 This might seem like the same as
12102 , but it is actually a bit different.
12108 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12110 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12113 \begin_layout Labeling
12114 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12121 This is text with Underbar on.
12127 arg "font-underline"
12133 \begin_inset Newline newline
12138 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12139 when you couldn't change fonts.
12140 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12141 It's only included in LyX because some people
12145 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12148 \begin_layout Labeling
12149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12156 This is text with Noun on.
12163 , this is a logical attribute.
12164 Normally it's equivalent to
12167 \begin_inset space ~
12176 \begin_layout Labeling
12177 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12182 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12183 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12187 \begin_inset space ~
12192 , which is the default
12193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12200 and means normally black, you can choose between
12233 \begin_inset Index idx
12236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12245 \begin_layout Labeling
12246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12251 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12252 the language of the document.
12253 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12257 \begin_layout Standard
12258 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12259 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12261 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12263 \begin_inset space ~
12268 dialog, the settings are saved.
12269 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12270 \begin_inset Graphics
12271 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12276 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12277 when the dialog isn't visible.
12281 \begin_layout Standard
12282 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12289 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12290 (suppose you just set the shape to
12291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12309 \begin_inset space ~
12321 \begin_layout Standard
12322 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12330 \begin_inset space ~
12342 \begin_layout Itemize
12348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12355 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12373 \begin_inset Newline newline
12380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12405 \begin_inset Note Note
12408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12409 For more on phantoms see section
12410 \begin_inset space ~
12414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12416 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12426 \begin_inset Newline newline
12432 \begin_layout Itemize
12437 fonts use characters with serifs.
12438 These are the small
12439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12446 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12447 The following example will show the difference:
12448 \begin_inset Newline newline
12452 \begin_inset Newline newline
12457 text without serifs
12460 \begin_inset Newline newline
12463 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12464 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12471 \begin_layout Itemize
12477 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12478 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12481 \begin_layout Standard
12482 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12483 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12486 \begin_layout Section
12487 Printing and Previewing
12490 \begin_layout Subsection
12494 \begin_layout Standard
12495 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12496 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12497 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12498 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12499 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12501 Additional Features
12506 \begin_layout Standard
12507 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12508 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12509 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12510 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12511 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12512 This happens in two stages:
12515 \begin_layout Enumerate
12516 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12517 generating a file with the extension,
12518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12532 \begin_layout Enumerate
12533 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12537 file to produce printable output.
12541 \begin_layout Subsection
12542 Output file formats
12543 \begin_inset Index idx
12546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12555 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12562 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12564 \begin_inset Index idx
12567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12568 File formats ! ASCII
12576 \begin_layout Standard
12577 This file type has the extension
12578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12590 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12594 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12601 \begin_layout Standard
12602 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12604 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12605 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12611 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12613 \begin_inset Index idx
12616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12617 File formats ! LaTeX
12625 \begin_layout Standard
12626 This file type has the extension
12627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12638 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12640 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12641 it manually with console commands.
12642 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12643 you view or export your document.
12646 \begin_layout Standard
12647 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12649 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12650 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12667 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12669 \begin_inset Index idx
12672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12681 \begin_layout Standard
12682 This file type has the extension
12683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12703 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12704 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12705 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12709 \begin_layout Standard
12710 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12711 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12712 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12713 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12715 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12718 \begin_layout Standard
12719 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12721 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12722 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12728 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12730 \begin_inset Index idx
12733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12734 File formats ! PostScript
12742 \begin_layout Standard
12743 This file type has the extension
12744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12756 PostScript was developed by the company
12760 as a printer language.
12761 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12763 PostScript can be seen as a
12764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12767 programming language
12768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12771 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12776 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12782 \begin_inset Index idx
12785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12786 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12796 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12799 \begin_layout Standard
12800 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12804 Encapsulated PostScript
12805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12808 (EPS, file extension
12809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12821 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12822 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12824 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12827 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12828 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12831 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12832 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12833 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12834 EPS to avoid this problem.
12837 \begin_layout Standard
12838 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12840 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12841 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12847 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12849 \begin_inset Index idx
12852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12859 \begin_inset Index idx
12862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12871 \begin_layout Standard
12872 This file type has the extension
12873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12889 Portable Document Format
12890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12897 was derived from PostScript.
12898 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12907 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12908 looks exactly the same.
12911 \begin_layout Standard
12912 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12916 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12920 (JPG, file extension
12921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12948 Portable Network Graphics
12949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12952 (PNG, file extension
12953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12965 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12966 in the background to one of these formats.
12967 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12968 will slow down your workflow.
12969 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12972 \begin_layout Standard
12973 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12975 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12978 in three different ways:
12981 \begin_layout Description
12982 PDF This uses the program
12986 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12987 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12991 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12992 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12995 \begin_layout Description
12997 \begin_inset space ~
13000 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13004 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13008 \begin_layout Description
13010 \begin_inset space ~
13013 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13017 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13020 \begin_layout Standard
13021 We recommend to use
13024 \begin_inset space ~
13033 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13034 works without problems.
13039 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13042 \begin_layout Subsection
13044 \begin_inset Index idx
13047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13056 \begin_layout Standard
13057 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13058 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13062 and choose a file type.
13063 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13066 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13069 you can use the toolbar button
13070 \begin_inset Graphics
13071 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13078 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13083 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13085 \begin_inset space ~
13091 \begin_inset Graphics
13092 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13098 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13102 \begin_inset Graphics
13103 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13110 arg "buffer-view ps"
13116 \begin_layout Standard
13117 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13118 viewer window using the menu
13120 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13126 \begin_layout Standard
13127 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13129 To have a real output, export your document.
13132 \begin_layout Subsection
13133 Printing the File from within LyX
13134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13136 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13143 \begin_layout Standard
13144 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13145 it directly from within LyX.
13146 To print a file, select the menu
13148 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13151 or click on the toolbar button
13152 \begin_inset Graphics
13153 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13158 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13159 This file is then processed by the program
13163 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13168 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13171 \begin_layout Standard
13172 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13173 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13174 printing one set to print on the other side.
13175 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13176 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13177 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13180 \begin_layout Standard
13181 You can set the parameters in the
13184 \begin_inset space ~
13192 \begin_layout Labeling
13193 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13198 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13203 Note that this printer name is for the program
13212 has to be configured for this printer name.
13213 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13214 \begin_inset space ~
13218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13220 reference "sub:Printer"
13229 The printer should understand PostScript.
13232 \begin_layout Labeling
13233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13238 The name of a file to print to.
13239 The output will be a PostScript file.
13240 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13244 \begin_layout Section
13245 A few Words about Typography
13246 \begin_inset Index idx
13249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13258 \begin_layout Subsection
13260 \begin_inset Index idx
13263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13272 \begin_layout Standard
13274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13285 character comes in four lengths: the
13297 , and the minus sign:
13298 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13304 \begin_layout Standard
13305 \begin_inset Tabular
13306 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13307 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13308 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13309 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13310 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13311 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13340 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13380 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13405 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13407 \begin_inset space ~
13410 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13417 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13444 \begin_inset space ~
13447 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13468 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13502 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13508 \begin_layout Standard
13509 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13521 character multiple times in a row.
13522 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13523 the final output, but not in LyX.
13525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13529 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13555 \begin_layout Standard
13556 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13557 math mode and has a length of its own.
13558 Here are some examples of the
13559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13573 \begin_layout Enumerate
13574 line- and page-breaks
13575 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13585 \begin_layout Enumerate
13587 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13597 \begin_layout Enumerate
13598 Oh — there's a dash.
13599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13609 \begin_layout Enumerate
13610 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13614 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13624 \begin_layout Subsection
13626 \begin_inset Index idx
13629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13638 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13645 \begin_layout Standard
13646 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13647 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13652 \begin_inset Index idx
13655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13656 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13661 following the rules of the document language
13665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13666 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13674 \begin_inset space ~
13678 \begin_inset space ~
13685 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13696 \begin_layout Standard
13697 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13702 font and with unusual constructs, like
13703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13711 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13712 This is done with the menu
13714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13715 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13717 \begin_inset space ~
13723 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13724 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13727 \begin_layout Standard
13728 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13729 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13739 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13747 as hyphenation possibility.
13748 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13749 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13750 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13756 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13757 As LyX doesn't support
13763 , you have to use TeX Code.
13764 The result looks in LyX like:
13767 \begin_layout Standard
13768 \begin_inset Graphics
13769 filename clipart/mbox.png
13776 \begin_layout Standard
13777 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13778 \begin_inset space ~
13782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13784 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13791 \begin_layout Subsection
13793 \begin_inset Index idx
13796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13805 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13806 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13809 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13816 \begin_layout Standard
13817 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13818 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13819 LaTeX then adds the
13820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13823 appropriate amount of space
13824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13828 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13830 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13833 \begin_layout Standard
13834 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13835 not work in all cases.
13837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13848 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13849 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13852 \begin_layout Standard
13853 Here are some examples of
13857 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13860 \begin_layout Itemize
13865 \begin_layout Itemize
13870 \begin_layout Standard
13871 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13874 \begin_layout Itemize
13876 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13880 this is too much space!
13883 \begin_layout Itemize
13888 \begin_layout Standard
13889 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13892 \begin_layout Standard
13893 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13896 \begin_layout Enumerate
13900 \begin_inset space ~
13905 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13906 \begin_inset space ~
13910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13912 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13917 \begin_inset Index idx
13920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13921 Spaces ! inter-word
13929 \begin_layout Enumerate
13933 \begin_inset space ~
13938 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13939 \begin_inset space ~
13943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13945 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13950 \begin_inset Index idx
13953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13962 \begin_layout Enumerate
13966 \begin_inset space ~
13970 \begin_inset space ~
13974 \begin_inset space ~
13981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13983 \begin_inset space ~
13988 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13989 This function is also bound to
13992 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13998 \begin_layout Standard
13999 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14002 \begin_layout Itemize
14004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14008 \begin_inset space \space{}
14011 this is too much space!
14014 \begin_layout Itemize
14015 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14019 \begin_layout Standard
14020 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14021 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14022 will take care of this.
14025 \begin_layout Standard
14026 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14030 \begin_inset space ~
14035 feature described in section
14041 Additional Features
14046 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14048 \begin_inset Index idx
14051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14052 Typography ! Quotes
14058 \begin_inset Index idx
14061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14092 \begin_layout Standard
14093 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14094 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14095 and use a closing quote at the end.
14097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14105 The keyboard character,
14109 , generates this automatically.
14112 \begin_layout Standard
14113 You can change the behavior of the
14117 key using the submenu
14123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14127 \begin_inset Index idx
14130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14131 Document ! Settings
14139 \begin_layout Standard
14140 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14145 There are six choices:
14148 \begin_layout Labeling
14149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14161 Use quotes like this
14162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14170 \begin_inset Quotes els
14174 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14180 \begin_layout Labeling
14181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14184 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14188 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14194 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14198 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14202 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14208 \begin_layout Labeling
14209 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14212 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14216 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14222 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14226 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14230 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14234 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14240 \begin_layout Labeling
14241 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14244 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14248 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14254 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14258 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14262 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14266 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14272 \begin_layout Labeling
14273 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14276 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14280 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14286 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14290 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14294 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14298 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14304 \begin_layout Labeling
14305 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14308 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14312 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14318 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14322 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14326 \begin_inset Quotes als
14330 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14336 \begin_layout Standard
14337 These settings affect what character the
14344 \begin_layout Subsection
14346 \begin_inset Index idx
14349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14350 Typography ! Ligatures
14356 \begin_inset Index idx
14359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14390 name "sub:Ligatures"
14397 \begin_layout Standard
14398 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14399 print them as single characters.
14400 These groups are known as
14405 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14407 Here are the standard ligatures:
14410 \begin_layout Itemize
14414 \begin_layout Itemize
14418 \begin_layout Itemize
14422 \begin_layout Itemize
14426 \begin_layout Itemize
14430 \begin_layout Standard
14431 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14434 \begin_layout Standard
14435 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14436 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14444 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14460 To break a ligature, use
14462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14465 \begin_inset space ~
14472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14483 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14500 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14508 \begin_layout Subsection
14510 \begin_inset Index idx
14513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14520 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14522 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14529 \begin_layout Standard
14530 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14531 characters in different sizes and heights.
14532 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14533 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14553 \begin_inset Note Note
14556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14557 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14565 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14566 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14571 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14575 \begin_layout Description
14576 LyX The name of the game, write
14577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14598 \begin_layout Description
14599 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14621 \begin_layout Description
14622 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14644 \begin_layout Description
14645 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14667 \begin_layout Standard
14668 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14673 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14681 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14682 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14683 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14686 : The actual version is
14687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14694 , the previous one was
14695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14705 \begin_layout Standard
14706 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14711 \begin_inset space \space{}
14714 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14716 This will look in LyX like:
14717 \begin_inset Graphics
14718 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14724 \begin_inset Newline newline
14727 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14728 \begin_inset space ~
14732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14734 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14741 \begin_layout Subsection
14743 \begin_inset Index idx
14746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14755 \begin_layout Standard
14756 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14757 space between two words.
14758 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14768 for units use the menu
14770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14771 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14773 \begin_inset space ~
14781 arg "space-insert thin"
14787 \begin_layout Standard
14788 Here's an example to show the differences:
14791 \begin_layout Standard
14792 \begin_inset Tabular
14793 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14794 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14795 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14796 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14803 \begin_inset space ~
14807 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14819 space between number and unit
14826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14835 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14847 half space between number and unit
14860 \begin_layout Subsection
14862 \begin_inset Index idx
14865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14866 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14874 \begin_layout Standard
14875 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14877 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14878 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14879 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14880 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14881 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14882 These bits of text became known as
14893 \begin_layout Standard
14894 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14895 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14896 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14897 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14898 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14899 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14900 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14903 \begin_layout Standard
14904 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14905 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14906 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14907 \begin_inset space ~
14911 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14913 key "latexcompanion"
14918 \begin_inset space ~
14922 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14928 ] may have more information.
14929 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14932 \begin_layout Chapter
14933 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14936 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14943 \begin_layout Standard
14944 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14949 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14952 \begin_layout Section
14954 \begin_inset Index idx
14957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14973 \begin_layout Standard
14974 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14977 \begin_layout Description
14979 \begin_inset space ~
14982 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14983 \begin_inset Newline newline
14987 \begin_inset Note Note
14990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14991 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14999 \begin_layout Description
15000 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15001 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15003 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15004 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15005 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15008 \begin_inset Newline newline
15012 \begin_inset Note Comment
15015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15016 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15024 \begin_layout Description
15026 \begin_inset space ~
15029 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15030 \begin_inset Newline newline
15034 \begin_inset Newline newline
15038 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15047 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15048 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15049 How this can be done is explained in the
15058 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15064 \begin_inset Newline newline
15068 \begin_inset Newline newline
15071 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15072 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15075 \begin_layout Standard
15076 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15077 \begin_inset Graphics
15078 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15080 scaleBeforeRotation
15086 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15090 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15093 \begin_layout Section
15095 \begin_inset Index idx
15098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15105 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15107 name "sec:Footnotes"
15114 \begin_layout Standard
15115 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15118 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15121 or the toolbar button
15122 \begin_inset Graphics
15123 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15136 \begin_inset Graphics
15137 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15146 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15175 label, the box will
15179 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15180 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15193 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15209 \begin_layout Standard
15210 Here's an example footnote:
15218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15219 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15227 \begin_layout Standard
15228 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15229 position where the footnote box is placed.
15230 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15231 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15232 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15233 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15234 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15239 ey are described in the
15246 \begin_layout Section
15248 \begin_inset Index idx
15251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15260 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15267 \begin_layout Standard
15268 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15269 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15271 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15273 \begin_inset space ~
15278 or the toolbar button
15279 \begin_inset Graphics
15280 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15307 appearing within your text.
15308 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15317 \begin_layout Standard
15318 At the side is an example marginal note.
15322 \begin_inset Marginal
15325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15326 This is a marginal note.
15334 \begin_layout Standard
15335 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15336 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15337 pages, right on odd pages.
15340 \begin_layout Section
15341 Graphics and Images
15342 \begin_inset Index idx
15345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15352 \begin_inset Index idx
15355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15364 name "sec:Graphics"
15371 \begin_layout Standard
15372 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15373 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15374 \begin_inset Graphics
15375 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15381 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15385 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15388 \begin_layout Standard
15389 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15394 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15395 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15397 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15398 \begin_inset space ~
15402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15404 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15411 \begin_layout Standard
15416 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15417 of the image in the output.
15418 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15422 \begin_inset space ~
15426 \begin_inset space ~
15435 \begin_inset space ~
15439 \begin_inset space ~
15443 \begin_inset space ~
15448 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15449 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15457 \begin_layout Standard
15460 LaTeX and LyX options
15462 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15463 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15467 \begin_inset space ~
15472 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15473 with the image size is printed.
15477 \begin_inset space ~
15481 \begin_inset space ~
15485 \begin_inset space ~
15490 is explained in the
15501 \begin_layout Standard
15502 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15503 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15505 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15509 \begin_layout Standard
15511 \begin_inset Graphics
15512 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15514 rotateOrigin center
15521 \begin_layout Standard
15522 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15523 the image into a float, see section
15524 \begin_inset space ~
15528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15530 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15537 \begin_layout Subsection
15539 \begin_inset Index idx
15542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15551 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15558 \begin_layout Standard
15559 You can insert images in any known file format.
15560 But as we explained in section
15561 \begin_inset space ~
15565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15567 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15571 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15572 LyX uses therefore the program
15576 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15577 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15578 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15579 \begin_inset space ~
15583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15585 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15592 \begin_layout Standard
15593 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15596 \begin_layout Description
15598 \begin_inset space ~
15601 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15602 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15603 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15607 Graphics Interchange Format
15608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15611 (GIF, file extension
15612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15624 \begin_inset Index idx
15627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15659 Portable Network Graphics
15660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15663 (PNG, file extension
15664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15676 \begin_inset Index idx
15679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15711 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15715 (JPG, file extension
15716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15740 \begin_inset Index idx
15743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15774 \begin_layout Description
15776 \begin_inset space ~
15779 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15781 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15782 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15783 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15784 \begin_inset Newline newline
15787 Scalable image formats can be
15788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15791 Scalable Vector Graphics
15792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15795 (SVG, file extension
15796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15808 \begin_inset Index idx
15811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15843 Encapsulated PostScript
15844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15847 (EPS, file extension
15848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15860 \begin_inset Index idx
15863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15895 Portable Document Format
15896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15899 (PDF, file extension
15900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15912 \begin_inset Index idx
15915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15922 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15923 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15924 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15930 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15938 \begin_layout Standard
15939 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15943 \begin_layout Subsection
15944 Grouping of Image Settings
15945 \begin_inset Index idx
15948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15949 Images ! Settings grouping
15957 \begin_layout Standard
15958 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15960 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15961 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15963 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15964 need to manually change each of them.
15968 \begin_layout Standard
15969 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15972 \begin_inset space ~
15977 field in the Graphics dialog.
15978 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15979 by checking the name of the desired group.
15982 \begin_layout Section
15984 \begin_inset Index idx
15987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16003 \begin_layout Standard
16004 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16005 \begin_inset Graphics
16006 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16017 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16018 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16019 from the rest of the table.
16020 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16021 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16023 Here's an example table:
16026 \begin_layout Standard
16028 \begin_inset Tabular
16029 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16030 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16032 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16033 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16034 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16234 \begin_layout Subsection
16238 \begin_layout Standard
16239 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16240 brings up the table dialog.
16241 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16242 where the cursor is placed currently.
16243 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16244 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16245 done on all of your selection.
16248 \begin_layout Standard
16249 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16252 \begin_inset space ~
16257 helps you in setting table properties.
16258 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16261 \begin_layout Standard
16265 \begin_inset space ~
16270 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16271 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16272 current cell respectively.
16273 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16275 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16276 of text, see section
16277 \begin_inset space ~
16281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16283 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16290 \begin_layout Standard
16291 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16297 This will merge the cells to
16301 cell, spread over more than one column.
16302 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16303 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16304 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16305 in the last row without the upper border:
16308 \begin_layout Standard
16310 \begin_inset Tabular
16311 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16312 <features tabularvalignment="middle" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16314 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16327 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16336 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16412 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16447 \begin_layout Standard
16448 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16449 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16450 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16451 explained in the tables section of the
16454 \begin_inset space ~
16460 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16464 degrees counterclockwise.
16465 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16468 \begin_layout Standard
16469 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16477 Most DVI-viewers are
16481 able to display rotations.
16489 \begin_layout Standard
16494 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16499 adds lines for all cell borders.
16502 \begin_layout Subsection
16504 \begin_inset Index idx
16507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16508 Tables ! Longtables
16514 \begin_inset Index idx
16517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16526 \begin_layout Standard
16527 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16530 \begin_inset space ~
16534 \begin_inset space ~
16543 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16544 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16547 \begin_layout Description
16552 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16553 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16554 except for the first page, if
16557 \begin_inset space ~
16565 \begin_layout Description
16569 \begin_inset space ~
16574 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16575 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16578 \begin_layout Description
16583 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16584 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16585 except for the last page, if
16588 \begin_inset space ~
16596 \begin_layout Description
16600 \begin_inset space ~
16605 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16606 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16609 \begin_layout Description
16610 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16611 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16617 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16620 \begin_inset space ~
16628 \begin_layout Standard
16629 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16630 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16631 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16632 The others will then be defined as
16637 In this context, first means first in this order:
16640 \begin_inset space ~
16652 \begin_inset space ~
16658 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16661 \begin_layout Standard
16663 \begin_inset Tabular
16664 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16665 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16666 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16667 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16668 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16669 <row endfirsthead="true">
16670 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16676 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16681 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16690 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16700 <row endfirsthead="true">
16701 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16712 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16721 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16733 <row endhead="true">
16734 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16745 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16754 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16764 <row endhead="true">
16765 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16776 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16785 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16797 <row endfoot="true">
16798 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16809 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16818 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16849 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17799 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17808 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17819 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17850 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18067 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18253 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18315 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18377 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18408 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18439 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18501 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18625 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18779 <row endlastfoot="true">
18780 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18791 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18817 \begin_layout Subsection
18819 \begin_inset Index idx
18822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18831 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18838 \begin_layout Standard
18839 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18840 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18841 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18842 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18846 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18847 for the cell's paragraph.
18850 \begin_layout Standard
18851 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18852 for the column in the table dialog.
18853 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18854 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18858 \begin_layout Standard
18860 \begin_inset Tabular
18861 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18862 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18864 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18885 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18954 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 This is longer now.
19015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19066 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19067 This is longer now.
19072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19098 \begin_layout Standard
19099 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19100 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19105 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19106 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19112 Selection with the mouse or with
19116 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19117 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19118 the selection from outside the table.
19121 \begin_layout Section
19123 \begin_inset Index idx
19126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19142 \begin_layout Standard
19143 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19144 have a fixed location.
19146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19153 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19161 \begin_inset space ~
19166 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19167 too many notes on the page.
19170 \begin_layout Standard
19171 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19172 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19173 and pages without text.
19174 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19175 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19176 Floats are therefore numbered.
19177 Referencing is described in section
19178 \begin_inset space ~
19182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19184 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19191 \begin_layout Standard
19192 To insert a float, use the menu
19194 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19198 A box with a caption that has e.
19199 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19203 \begin_inset space \space{}
19207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19211 \begin_inset space ~
19215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19218 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19219 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19221 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19222 \begin_inset Index idx
19225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19231 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19232 paragraph within the float.
19233 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19234 by left-clicking on the box label.
19235 A closed float box looks like this:
19236 \begin_inset Graphics
19237 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19242 – a gray button with a red label.
19245 \begin_layout Standard
19246 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19247 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19250 \begin_layout Subsection
19254 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19256 \begin_inset Index idx
19259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19260 Floats ! Figure floats
19266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19268 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19275 \begin_layout Standard
19278 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19279 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19282 inserts a float with the label
19283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19289 \begin_inset space ~
19295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19299 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19300 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19301 This is what we did for Figure
19302 \begin_inset space ~
19306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19308 reference "cap:Platypus"
19313 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19314 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19315 This was done in Figure
19316 \begin_inset space ~
19320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19322 reference "cap:Escher"
19329 \begin_layout Standard
19330 \begin_inset Float figure
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19337 \begin_inset Graphics
19338 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19340 rotateOrigin center
19347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19348 \begin_inset Caption
19350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19351 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19353 name "cap:Platypus"
19357 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19370 \begin_layout Standard
19371 \begin_inset Float figure
19376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19377 \begin_inset Caption
19379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19397 \begin_inset Graphics
19398 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19400 rotateOrigin center
19412 \begin_layout Standard
19413 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19415 As described in section
19416 \begin_inset space ~
19420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19422 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19426 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19431 and refer to it using the menu
19433 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19437 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19446 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19458 \begin_layout Standard
19459 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19460 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19461 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19462 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19464 \begin_inset space ~
19468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19470 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19474 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19475 You can also set the images one below the other.
19477 \begin_inset space ~
19481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19483 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19490 reference "fig:Platypus"
19494 are the subfigures.
19497 \begin_layout Standard
19498 \begin_inset Float figure
19503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19504 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19508 \begin_inset Float figure
19513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 \begin_inset Caption
19516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19519 name "fig:Undefinable"
19531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19532 \begin_inset Graphics
19533 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19544 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19548 \begin_inset Float figure
19553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19554 \begin_inset Caption
19556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19559 name "fig:Platypus"
19571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19572 \begin_inset Graphics
19573 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19585 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19592 \begin_inset Caption
19594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19597 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19601 Two distorted images.
19614 \begin_layout Standard
19615 Note that the caption is added to the
19618 \begin_inset space ~
19622 \begin_inset space ~
19627 as described in section
19628 \begin_inset space ~
19632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19634 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19641 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19643 \begin_inset Index idx
19646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19647 Floats ! Table floats
19655 \begin_layout Standard
19656 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19659 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19663 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19666 \begin_inset space ~
19670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19672 reference "cap:Table-float"
19676 is an example of a table float.
19679 \begin_layout Standard
19680 \begin_inset Float table
19685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19686 \begin_inset Caption
19688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19689 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19691 name "cap:Table-float"
19703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19705 \begin_inset Tabular
19706 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19707 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19708 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19709 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19710 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19837 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19858 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19860 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19881 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19902 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19904 \begin_inset Index idx
19907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19908 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19916 \begin_layout Standard
19917 This float type is inserted with the menu
19919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19920 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19924 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19925 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19929 , described in section
19930 \begin_inset space ~
19934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19936 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19943 \begin_layout Standard
19944 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19952 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19958 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19961 \begin_layout Standard
19966 floatname{algorithm}{your
19967 \begin_inset space ~
19973 \begin_layout Standard
19974 to the document preamble (menu
19976 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19983 \begin_inset space ~
19989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20003 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20005 \begin_inset Index idx
20008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20009 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20017 \begin_layout Standard
20018 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20026 \begin_inset Graphics
20027 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20029 rotateOrigin center
20036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20037 \begin_inset Caption
20039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20042 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20046 This is a wrapped figure.
20047 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20060 This float type is used if you want to
20061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20068 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20070 It can be inserted using the menu
20072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20073 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20075 \begin_inset space ~
20080 if the LaTeX-package
20085 \begin_inset Index idx
20088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20089 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20099 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20102 \begin_inset space ~
20112 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20115 \begin_inset space ~
20119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20121 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20125 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20126 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20134 Available units are explained in Appendix
20135 \begin_inset space ~
20139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20141 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20150 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20154 \begin_layout Standard
20155 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20163 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20168 \begin_inset space \space{}
20171 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20172 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20181 \begin_layout Itemize
20182 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20183 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20184 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20185 page breaks will appear.
20188 \begin_layout Itemize
20189 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20190 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20193 \begin_layout Itemize
20194 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20195 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20198 \begin_layout Itemize
20199 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20202 \begin_layout Subsection
20204 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20206 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20211 \begin_inset Index idx
20214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20223 \begin_layout Standard
20224 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20225 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20229 \begin_inset space ~
20237 \begin_layout Standard
20238 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20239 have a multi-column document).
20240 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20243 \begin_inset space ~
20249 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20250 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20257 \begin_layout Standard
20258 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20259 format is also the same: Table
20260 \begin_inset space ~
20264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20266 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20270 is an example of a rotated table float.
20273 \begin_layout Standard
20274 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20282 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20290 \begin_layout Standard
20291 \begin_inset Float table
20296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20297 \begin_inset Caption
20299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20300 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20302 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20316 \begin_inset Tabular
20317 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20318 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20323 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20383 \begin_layout Subsection
20385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20387 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20392 \begin_inset Index idx
20395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20404 \begin_layout Standard
20405 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20406 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20407 \begin_inset Newline newline
20413 \begin_inset space ~
20418 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20419 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20420 \begin_inset Newline newline
20426 \begin_inset space ~
20431 is used to rotate floats, see section
20432 \begin_inset space ~
20436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20438 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20445 \begin_layout Standard
20446 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20447 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20450 \begin_inset space ~
20454 \begin_inset space ~
20462 \begin_layout Description
20464 \begin_inset space ~
20468 \begin_inset space ~
20471 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20474 \begin_layout Description
20476 \begin_inset space ~
20480 \begin_inset space ~
20483 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20486 \begin_layout Description
20488 \begin_inset space ~
20492 \begin_inset space ~
20495 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20498 \begin_layout Description
20500 \begin_inset space ~
20504 \begin_inset space ~
20507 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20510 \begin_layout Standard
20511 The order of the above option is
20516 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20520 \begin_inset space ~
20524 \begin_inset space ~
20532 \begin_inset space ~
20536 \begin_inset space ~
20541 , and then the others.
20542 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20544 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20545 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20548 \begin_layout Standard
20549 By default, each option has its own rules:
20552 \begin_layout Standard
20556 \begin_inset space ~
20560 \begin_inset space ~
20565 only floats occupying less than 70
20566 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20569 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20572 \begin_layout Standard
20576 \begin_inset space ~
20580 \begin_inset space ~
20585 : only floats occupying less than 30
20586 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20589 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20592 \begin_layout Standard
20596 \begin_inset space ~
20600 \begin_inset space ~
20605 : only if more than 50
20606 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20609 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20613 \begin_layout Standard
20614 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20618 \begin_inset space ~
20622 \begin_inset space ~
20630 \begin_layout Standard
20631 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20632 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20633 For this case you can use the option
20636 \begin_inset space ~
20642 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20644 Because the float is then no longer able to
20645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20652 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20655 \begin_layout Standard
20656 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20657 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20660 \begin_layout Standard
20661 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20663 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20665 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20672 \begin_layout Section
20674 \begin_inset Index idx
20677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20684 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20686 name "sec:Minipages"
20693 \begin_layout Standard
20694 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20696 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20697 \begin_inset space ~
20704 \begin_layout Standard
20705 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20711 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20712 and its alignment within the page.
20715 \begin_layout Standard
20717 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20726 height_special "totalheight"
20729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20732 This is a minipage.
20733 The text is set in an italic style.
20736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20739 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20740 another formatting.
20748 \begin_layout Standard
20749 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20752 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20756 as described in section
20757 \begin_inset space ~
20761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20763 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20768 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20774 \begin_layout Standard
20775 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20784 height_special "totalheight"
20787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20788 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20789 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20795 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20799 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20808 height_special "totalheight"
20811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20812 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20813 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20821 \begin_layout Standard
20822 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20828 \begin_layout Standard
20829 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20830 to other box types.
20831 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20842 \begin_layout Chapter
20843 Mathematical Formulas
20844 \begin_inset Index idx
20847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20854 \begin_inset Index idx
20857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20888 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20895 \begin_layout Standard
20896 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20901 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20904 \begin_layout Section
20906 \begin_inset Index idx
20909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20918 \begin_layout Standard
20919 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20920 \begin_inset Graphics
20921 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20926 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20928 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20929 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20930 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20932 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20938 \begin_layout Standard
20939 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20943 \begin_inset space ~
20948 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20951 \begin_layout Standard
20952 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20953 line, like this one:
20956 \begin_layout Standard
20957 This is a line with an inline formula
20958 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20964 \begin_layout Standard
20965 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20966 paragraph, like this one:
20967 \begin_inset Formula \[
20972 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20975 \begin_layout Standard
20976 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20978 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20982 \begin_inset space \space{}
20986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20999 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21000 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21004 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21007 \begin_inset space ~
21015 \begin_layout Subsection
21016 Navigating in Formulas
21017 \begin_inset Index idx
21020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21029 \begin_layout Standard
21030 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21031 achieved with the arrow keys.
21032 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21033 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21038 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21039 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21043 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21047 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21049 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21057 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21062 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21063 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21066 \begin_layout Standard
21071 , printed in this document as
21072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21093 \begin_inset Note Note
21096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21097 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21098 space character (visible space).
21103 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21104 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21105 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21110 For example, if you want
21111 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21165 , since in the latter case only the
21168 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21173 will be under the square root sign:
21174 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21180 \begin_layout Standard
21181 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21183 \begin_inset Formula \[
21184 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21187 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21191 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21192 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21195 \begin_layout Subsection
21199 \begin_layout Standard
21200 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21201 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21205 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21206 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21207 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21208 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21209 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21212 \begin_layout Subsection
21213 Exponents and Subscripts
21214 \begin_inset Index idx
21217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21224 \begin_inset Index idx
21227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21236 \begin_layout Standard
21237 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21238 way is to use a command.
21240 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21243 , type in a formula
21249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21265 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21271 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21275 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21296 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21305 , you have to use an extra
21309 to separate the hat and the character.
21311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21315 \begin_inset space \space{}
21319 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21340 Subscripts are similar: To get
21341 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21364 \begin_layout Subsection
21366 \begin_inset Index idx
21369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21378 \begin_layout Standard
21379 Create a fraction with either the command
21386 \begin_inset Graphics
21387 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21395 \begin_inset space ~
21401 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21402 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21403 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21408 To move back up, press
21413 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21414 \begin_inset Formula \[
21415 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21417 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21424 \begin_layout Subsection
21426 \begin_inset Index idx
21429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21438 \begin_layout Standard
21439 Roots can be created using the
21442 \begin_inset space ~
21448 \begin_inset Graphics
21449 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21472 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21478 produces always a square root.
21481 \begin_layout Subsection
21482 Operators with Limits
21483 \begin_inset Index idx
21486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21493 \begin_inset Index idx
21496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21505 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21512 \begin_layout Standard
21514 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21518 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21521 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21522 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21523 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21524 The sum operator will automatically place its
21525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21532 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21535 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21539 \begin_inset Formula \[
21540 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21544 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21548 \begin_layout Standard
21549 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21551 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21552 behind the operator and hitting
21560 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21561 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21563 \begin_inset space ~
21567 \begin_inset space ~
21575 \begin_layout Standard
21576 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21584 feature as addition, such as
21585 \begin_inset Index idx
21588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21595 \begin_inset Formula \[
21596 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21600 which will place the
21601 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21613 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21614 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21620 \begin_layout Standard
21621 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21628 Have a look at section
21629 \begin_inset space ~
21633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21635 reference "sub:Functions"
21639 for an explanation of function macros.
21642 \begin_layout Subsection
21644 \begin_inset Index idx
21647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21656 \begin_layout Standard
21657 Most math symbols can be found in the
21660 \begin_inset space ~
21665 under one of several categories; including
21682 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21686 \begin_layout Standard
21687 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21688 you don't have to use the
21691 \begin_inset space ~
21696 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21697 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21700 \begin_layout Subsection
21702 \begin_inset Index idx
21705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21714 \begin_layout Standard
21715 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21720 arg "space-insert protected"
21726 \begin_inset space ~
21732 \begin_inset Graphics
21733 filename ../images/math/space.png
21738 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21739 For example, the sequence
21744 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21748 \begin_inset Graphics
21749 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21754 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21755 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21756 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21757 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21759 Here are two examples:
21762 \begin_layout Standard
21772 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21778 \begin_layout Standard
21788 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21794 \begin_layout Subsection
21796 \begin_inset Index idx
21799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21806 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21808 name "sub:Functions"
21815 \begin_layout Standard
21819 \begin_inset space ~
21824 contains under the button
21825 \begin_inset Graphics
21826 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21830 a number of function macros, such as
21831 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21835 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21843 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21850 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21851 avoid confusions, because
21852 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21856 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21862 \begin_layout Standard
21863 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21865 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21869 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21875 \begin_layout Standard
21876 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21877 s are placed, as described in section
21878 \begin_inset space ~
21882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21884 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21891 \begin_layout Subsection
21893 \begin_inset Index idx
21896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21905 \begin_layout Standard
21906 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21908 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21909 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21914 \begin_inset space \space{}
21918 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21921 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21922 Our example is entered by typing
21930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21943 \begin_inset space ~
21947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21949 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21953 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21956 \begin_layout Standard
21957 \begin_inset Float table
21962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21963 \begin_inset Caption
21965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21968 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21972 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21982 \begin_inset Tabular
21983 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21984 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22071 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22125 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22179 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22233 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22287 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22341 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22395 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22449 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22503 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22548 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22569 \begin_layout Standard
22570 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22573 \begin_inset space ~
22579 \begin_inset Graphics
22580 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22584 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22588 \begin_layout Section
22589 Brackets and Delimiters
22590 \begin_inset Index idx
22593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22600 \begin_inset Index idx
22603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22612 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22619 \begin_layout Standard
22620 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22621 For most purposes, using just the keys
22626 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22627 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22628 toolbar delimiter icon
22629 \begin_inset Graphics
22630 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22635 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22637 \begin_inset Formula \[
22638 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22640 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22644 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22645 \begin_inset Formula \[
22646 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22653 \begin_layout Standard
22654 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22655 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22658 \begin_layout Standard
22659 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22660 left side and right side.
22661 If you use the option
22664 \begin_inset space ~
22669 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22670 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22671 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22672 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22675 \begin_layout Standard
22676 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22677 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22678 inside the brackets.
22679 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22684 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22687 \begin_layout Section
22688 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22689 \begin_inset Index idx
22692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22699 \begin_inset Index idx
22702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22709 \begin_inset Index idx
22712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22713 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22721 \begin_layout Standard
22722 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22725 \begin_inset space ~
22731 \begin_inset Graphics
22732 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22737 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22738 Here is an example:
22739 \begin_inset Formula \[
22740 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22743 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22747 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22748 \begin_inset space ~
22752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22754 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22759 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22760 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22761 This alignment is set in the box
22766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22814 for every column as default.
22815 For example, the sequence
22816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22827 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22828 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22829 corresponds to the relevant column.
22830 The result will look like this:
22831 \begin_inset Formula \[
22833 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22834 column & has & has\, right\\
22835 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22842 \begin_layout Standard
22843 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22846 arg "newline-insert newline"
22849 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22850 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22852 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22855 or the math toolbar.
22858 \begin_layout Standard
22859 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22860 It can be created with the menu
22862 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22863 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22865 \begin_inset space ~
22877 Here is an example:
22878 \begin_inset Formula \[
22882 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22889 \begin_layout Standard
22890 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22893 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22896 arg "newline-insert newline"
22900 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22905 arg "newline-insert newline"
22908 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22916 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22917 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22918 A new row is created by every further hit of
22921 arg "newline-insert newline"
22925 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22926 Here is an example:
22927 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22928 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22929 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22933 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22934 where you want to start the shift and hit
22939 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22940 position to the next column.
22941 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22942 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22943 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22944 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22951 \begin_layout Standard
22952 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22959 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22960 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22963 reference "eq:asquared"
22968 The other types are described in section
22969 \begin_inset space ~
22973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22975 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22982 \begin_layout Section
22983 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22984 \begin_inset Index idx
22987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22988 Math ! Formula numbering
22994 \begin_inset Index idx
22997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22998 Math ! Referencing formulas
23004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23006 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23013 \begin_layout Standard
23014 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23016 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23017 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23019 \begin_inset space ~
23027 arg "math-number-toggle"
23031 The formula number appears in LyX as
23032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23039 within parentheses.
23041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23048 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23050 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23051 the document class.
23052 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23053 separated by a dot:
23054 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23055 1+1=2\end{equation}
23062 arg "math-number-toggle"
23065 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23066 You can only number displayed formulas.
23069 \begin_layout Standard
23070 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23072 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23073 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23075 \begin_inset space ~
23079 \begin_inset space ~
23083 \begin_inset space ~
23091 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23094 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23095 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23097 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23098 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23102 To number all lines use the shortcut
23105 arg "math-number-toggle"
23111 \begin_layout Standard
23112 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23115 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23116 A label is inserted with the menu
23118 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23121 when the cursor is in the formula.
23122 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23123 It is recommended to use the proposed
23124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23135 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23136 type when you have many labels in your document.
23137 We inserted in the following example the label
23138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23145 in the second line:
23146 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23147 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23148 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23152 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23153 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23163 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23167 \begin_inset space ~
23173 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23174 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23175 as the formula number:
23178 \begin_layout Standard
23179 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23182 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23189 \begin_layout Standard
23190 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23191 \begin_inset space ~
23195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23197 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23202 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23205 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23208 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23213 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23221 \begin_layout Section
23222 User defined math macros
23223 \begin_inset Index idx
23226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23235 \begin_layout Standard
23236 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23237 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23238 Math macros are explained in section
23241 \begin_inset space ~
23253 \begin_layout Section
23257 \begin_layout Subsection
23259 \begin_inset Index idx
23262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23271 \begin_layout Standard
23272 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23273 To set a font in a formula, use the
23276 \begin_inset space ~
23282 \begin_inset Graphics
23283 filename ../images/math/font.png
23287 , or enter its command, listed in table
23288 \begin_inset space ~
23292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23294 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23301 \begin_layout Standard
23302 \begin_inset Float table
23307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23308 \begin_inset Caption
23310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23313 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23317 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23327 \begin_inset Tabular
23328 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23329 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23330 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23331 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23363 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23390 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23417 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23450 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23477 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23504 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23538 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23565 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23599 \begin_layout Standard
23600 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23608 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23624 \begin_layout Standard
23625 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23626 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23631 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23632 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23633 Here an example where
23634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23645 denotes the set of numbers:
23646 \begin_inset Formula \[
23647 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23654 \begin_layout Standard
23655 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23661 \begin_inset space \space{}
23673 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23677 \begin_inset Newline newline
23680 So it is better not to use this feature.
23683 \begin_layout Standard
23684 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23685 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23689 \begin_inset Newline newline
23692 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23698 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23699 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23705 \begin_layout Standard
23712 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23715 \begin_layout Standard
23716 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23718 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23719 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23721 \begin_inset space ~
23729 \begin_layout Subsection
23731 \begin_inset Index idx
23734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23743 \begin_layout Standard
23744 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23746 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23750 \begin_inset space ~
23754 \begin_inset space ~
23762 \begin_inset space ~
23768 \begin_inset Graphics
23769 filename ../images/math/font.png
23780 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23781 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23782 Here is an example:
23783 \begin_inset Formula \[
23785 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23786 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23793 \begin_layout Subsection
23795 \begin_inset Index idx
23798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23807 \begin_layout Standard
23808 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23809 automatically chosen in most situations.
23827 For most characters,
23835 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23836 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23841 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23842 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23844 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23845 \begin_inset Graphics
23846 filename ../images/math/style.png
23851 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23852 For example, you can set
23853 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23856 , which is normally in
23865 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23869 The four styles are used in the following example:
23872 \begin_layout Standard
23873 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23877 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23881 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23885 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23891 \begin_layout Standard
23892 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23893 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23895 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23897 \begin_inset space ~
23902 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23903 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23904 will be adjusted to correspond.
23905 As an example here is a formula in the font size
23906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23916 \begin_layout Standard
23920 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23926 \begin_layout Section
23930 \begin_layout Standard
23931 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23932 the document classes and into layout modules.
23933 \begin_inset Index idx
23936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23942 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23943 other than the AMS classes.
23945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23947 reference "sub:Modules"
23951 for more on layout modules.
23954 \begin_layout Section
23956 \begin_inset Index idx
23959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23966 \begin_inset Index idx
23969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23978 \begin_layout Standard
23979 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23980 (AMS) that are in common use.
23983 \begin_layout Subsection
23984 Enabling AMS-Support
23987 \begin_layout Standard
23988 Selecting the checkbox
23991 \begin_inset space ~
23995 \begin_inset space ~
23999 \begin_inset space ~
24006 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24010 \begin_inset Index idx
24013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24014 Document ! Settings
24022 \begin_inset space ~
24027 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24029 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24030 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24033 \begin_layout Subsection
24035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24037 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24042 \begin_inset Index idx
24045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24046 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24054 \begin_layout Standard
24055 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24056 LyX allows you to choose between
24077 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24080 \begin_layout Chapter
24084 \begin_layout Section
24086 \begin_inset Index idx
24089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24098 name "sec:Cross-References"
24105 \begin_layout Standard
24106 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24107 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24109 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24110 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24111 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24114 \begin_layout Enumerate
24118 \begin_layout Enumerate
24119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24121 name "enu:Second-item"
24128 \begin_layout Enumerate
24132 \begin_layout Standard
24133 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24135 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24138 or by pressing the toolbar button
24139 \begin_inset Graphics
24140 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24146 A grey label box like this:
24147 \begin_inset Graphics
24148 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24153 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24154 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24189 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24194 \begin_inset space \space{}
24197 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24212 \begin_layout Standard
24213 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24218 or the toolbar button
24219 \begin_inset Graphics
24220 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24226 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24227 \begin_inset Graphics
24228 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24233 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24235 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24248 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24252 \begin_layout Standard
24255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24258 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24263 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24264 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24266 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24272 \begin_layout Standard
24273 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24274 \begin_inset space ~
24278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24280 reference "enu:Second-item"
24287 \begin_layout Standard
24288 It is recommended to use a protected space
24292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24293 described in section
24294 \begin_inset space ~
24298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24300 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24309 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24313 \begin_layout Standard
24314 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24317 \begin_layout Description
24318 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24321 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24328 \begin_layout Description
24329 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24330 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24342 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24349 \begin_layout Description
24350 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24351 \begin_inset space ~
24355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24356 LatexCommand pageref
24357 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24364 \begin_layout Description
24366 \begin_inset space ~
24370 \begin_inset space ~
24373 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24375 LatexCommand vpageref
24376 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24383 \begin_layout Description
24385 \begin_inset space ~
24389 \begin_inset space ~
24393 \begin_inset space ~
24396 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24400 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24407 \begin_layout Description
24409 \begin_inset space ~
24412 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24413 \begin_inset Newline newline
24417 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24425 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24430 \begin_inset Index idx
24433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24434 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24447 \begin_layout Standard
24448 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24449 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24455 \begin_inset space \space{}
24459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24473 \begin_layout Standard
24474 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24475 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24476 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24480 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24484 \begin_layout Standard
24485 You can only use the style
24489 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24493 is always possible.
24496 \begin_layout Standard
24497 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24498 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24499 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24500 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24501 \begin_inset space ~
24505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24507 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24514 \begin_layout Standard
24518 \begin_inset space ~
24522 \begin_inset space ~
24527 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24529 The button text changes then to
24532 \begin_inset space ~
24537 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24538 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24539 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24540 \begin_inset Graphics
24541 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24542 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24543 rotateOrigin center
24550 \begin_layout Standard
24551 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24552 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24553 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24556 \begin_layout Standard
24557 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24558 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24561 \begin_layout Standard
24562 References are described in detail in the
24569 \begin_layout Section
24570 Table of Contents and other Listings
24571 \begin_inset Index idx
24574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24581 \begin_inset Index idx
24584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24600 \begin_layout Subsection
24602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24604 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24611 \begin_layout Standard
24612 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24615 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24617 \begin_inset space ~
24621 \begin_inset space ~
24627 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24628 If you click on it, the
24632 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24633 sections in your documents.
24634 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24636 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24639 that is described in sec.
24640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24646 reference "sec:Navigating"
24653 \begin_layout Standard
24654 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24655 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24657 \begin_inset space ~
24661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24663 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24667 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24669 \begin_inset space ~
24673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24675 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24679 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24681 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24684 \begin_layout Subsection
24685 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24688 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24695 \begin_layout Standard
24696 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24697 You can insert them via the
24699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24701 \begin_inset space ~
24705 \begin_inset space ~
24711 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24714 \begin_layout Section
24715 URLs and Hyperlinks
24716 \begin_inset Index idx
24719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24726 \begin_inset Index idx
24729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24738 \begin_layout Subsection
24740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24749 \begin_layout Standard
24750 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24752 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24758 \begin_layout Standard
24759 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24760 \begin_inset Flex URL
24763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24773 \begin_layout Standard
24774 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24780 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24784 \begin_layout Standard
24785 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24793 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24801 \begin_layout Subsection
24803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24805 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24812 \begin_layout Standard
24813 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24818 or with the toolbar button
24819 \begin_inset Graphics
24820 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24821 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24826 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24835 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24836 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24837 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24839 name "LyX's homepage"
24840 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24844 , an Email address like this:
24845 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24847 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24848 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24853 , or a link to a file.
24856 \begin_layout Standard
24857 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24870 to the link target.
24873 \begin_layout Standard
24874 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24875 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24876 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24877 the text style dialog.
24878 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24882 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24884 name "LyX's homepage"
24885 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24892 \begin_layout Standard
24893 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24897 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24899 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24900 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24904 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24906 \begin_inset Newline newline
24914 \begin_inset Newline newline
24921 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24924 \begin_layout Section
24926 \begin_inset Index idx
24929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24938 name "sec:Appendices"
24945 \begin_layout Standard
24946 Appendices are created with the menu
24948 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24950 \begin_inset space ~
24954 \begin_inset space ~
24960 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24961 as the appendix region.
24962 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24965 \begin_layout Standard
24966 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24967 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24968 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24969 and the subsection number.
24970 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24974 \begin_layout Standard
24976 \begin_inset space ~
24980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24982 reference "cha:Credits"
24987 \begin_inset space ~
24991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24993 reference "sub:Export"
25000 \begin_layout Section
25002 \begin_inset Index idx
25005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25012 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25014 name "sec:Bibliography"
25021 \begin_layout Standard
25022 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25023 You can include a bibliography database,
25027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25028 Known under the name
25029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25041 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25042 manually, using the paragraph environment
25046 , which was described in section
25047 \begin_inset space ~
25051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25053 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25058 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25059 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25063 use a bibliography database.
25066 \begin_layout Subsection
25067 The Bibliography Environment
25070 \begin_layout Standard
25075 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25077 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25086 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25088 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25097 , a short form of its title, as key.
25100 \begin_layout Standard
25101 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25103 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25106 or the toolbar button
25107 \begin_inset Graphics
25108 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25109 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25114 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25115 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25116 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25117 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25121 \begin_layout Standard
25122 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25123 entry with surrounding brackets.
25128 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25129 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25141 \begin_layout Standard
25144 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25147 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25149 key "latexcompanion"
25156 \begin_layout Standard
25157 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25158 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25167 \begin_layout Subsection
25168 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25169 \begin_inset Index idx
25172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25173 Bibliography ! Databases
25179 \begin_inset Index idx
25182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25183 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25189 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25191 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25198 \begin_layout Standard
25199 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25205 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25207 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25208 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25213 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25215 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25216 your working field in a database.
25217 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25218 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25220 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25224 \begin_layout Standard
25225 The database is a text file with the file extension
25226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25237 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25238 The format is explained in
25239 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25245 and in LaTeX books (
25246 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25248 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25253 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25254 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25255 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25256 \begin_inset Flex URL
25259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25261 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25269 \begin_layout Standard
25270 To use a database, use the menu
25272 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25277 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25290 \begin_inset space ~
25296 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25297 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25300 Add bibliography to TOC
25302 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25307 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25310 \begin_layout Standard
25311 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25323 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25324 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25325 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25327 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25333 For information how this is done, have a look at
25334 \begin_inset Newline newline
25338 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25340 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25352 \begin_layout Standard
25353 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25356 \begin_layout Standard
25357 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25358 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25361 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25389 \begin_inset space ~
25395 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25401 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25410 \begin_layout Standard
25411 When you select the option
25413 Sectioned bibliography
25417 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25420 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25421 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25423 Customizing Bibliographies
25431 Additional Features
25436 \begin_layout Standard
25437 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25438 the two methods of creating them.
25439 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25440 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25441 We used the style file
25445 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25448 \begin_layout Subsection
25449 Bibliography layout
25450 \begin_inset Index idx
25453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25454 Bibliography ! Layout
25462 \begin_layout Standard
25463 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25464 For this feature you need to enable the option
25470 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25474 \begin_inset Index idx
25477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25478 Document ! Settings
25488 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25489 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25490 in the previous section.
25493 \begin_layout Standard
25494 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25495 in the citation reference window.
25496 Here an example where we set the text
25497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25501 \begin_inset space ~
25505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25508 to appear after the reference:
25511 \begin_layout Standard
25513 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25516 key "latexcompanion"
25523 \begin_layout Section
25525 \begin_inset Index idx
25528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25544 \begin_layout Standard
25545 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25547 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25549 \begin_inset space ~
25554 or the toolbar button
25555 \begin_inset Graphics
25556 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25574 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25575 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25576 by LyX as the index entry.
25579 \begin_layout Standard
25580 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25581 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25583 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25585 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25592 \begin_layout Standard
25593 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25596 \begin_layout Standard
25597 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25601 \begin_inset space ~
25605 \begin_inset space ~
25608 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25610 \begin_inset space ~
25616 A light blue box labeled
25617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25628 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25629 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25632 \begin_layout Subsection
25633 Grouping Index Entries
25634 \begin_inset Index idx
25637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25646 \begin_layout Standard
25647 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25649 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25650 lists under the entry
25651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25659 First we create the entry
25660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25668 \begin_inset space ~
25672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25674 reference "sub:Lists"
25679 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25680 \begin_inset space ~
25684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25686 reference "sec:Itemize"
25690 , we insert the command
25693 \begin_layout Standard
25699 \begin_layout Standard
25703 \begin_layout Standard
25709 \begin_layout Standard
25710 for the enumerated list in section
25711 \begin_inset space ~
25715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25717 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25724 \begin_layout Standard
25725 The exclamation mark
25726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25733 marks the grouping levels.
25734 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25735 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25736 If we don't have an index entry for
25737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25744 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25747 \begin_layout Subsection
25749 \begin_inset Index idx
25752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25753 Index ! Page ranges
25761 \begin_layout Standard
25762 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25764 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25765 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25767 \begin_inset space ~
25771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25773 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25780 \begin_layout Standard
25783 Paragraph environments|(
25786 \begin_layout Standard
25787 and another entry at the end of section
25788 \begin_inset space ~
25792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25794 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25801 \begin_layout Standard
25804 Paragraph environments|)
25807 \begin_layout Standard
25809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25832 respectively start and end the index range.
25833 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25834 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25835 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25836 An example is the index entry
25837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25840 Document ! Settings
25841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25847 \begin_layout Subsection
25849 \begin_inset Index idx
25852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25853 Index ! Cross referencing
25861 \begin_layout Standard
25862 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25863 We referred for example in the index entry
25864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25872 \begin_inset space ~
25876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25878 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25882 ) to the index entry
25883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25890 in the same section using the entry
25893 \begin_layout Standard
25896 GIF|see{Image formats}
25899 \begin_layout Standard
25900 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25901 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25902 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25905 \begin_layout Subsection
25907 \begin_inset Index idx
25910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25911 Index ! Entry order
25919 \begin_layout Standard
25920 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25921 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25922 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25927 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25929 \begin_inset space ~
25933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25935 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25944 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25945 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
25946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25970 \begin_inset Index idx
25973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25974 Dummy entries ! maïs
25980 \begin_inset Index idx
25983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25984 Dummy entries ! maître
25990 \begin_inset Index idx
25993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25994 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25999 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26000 order maïs, maison, maître.
26001 To achieve this, we use the command
26004 \begin_layout Standard
26007 previous entry@current entry
26010 \begin_layout Standard
26011 In our case we want to have
26012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26027 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26030 \begin_layout Standard
26036 \begin_layout Standard
26037 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26038 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26042 \begin_layout Standard
26043 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26049 \begin_layout Standard
26050 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26055 to generate the index (see sec.
26056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26062 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26071 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26073 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26079 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26083 after the the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26084 index commands start with
26085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26097 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26102 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26105 \begin_layout Standard
26115 \begin_layout Standard
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26139 \begin_layout Subsection
26141 \begin_inset Index idx
26144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26145 Index ! Entry layout
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26154 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26155 \begin_inset Index idx
26158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26161 This is an italic dummy entry
26166 You can also format the page number using the character
26167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26174 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26175 We can write for example
26178 \begin_layout Standard
26181 italic page number:|textit
26184 \begin_layout Standard
26185 to get the page number in italic.
26186 \begin_inset Index idx
26189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26190 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26195 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26213 \begin_inset space ~
26219 Have a look at section
26220 \begin_inset space ~
26224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26226 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26230 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26233 \begin_layout Standard
26234 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26242 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26246 to generate the index, see section
26247 \begin_inset space ~
26251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26253 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26262 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26263 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26265 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26268 key "latexcompanion"
26280 \begin_layout Standard
26281 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26283 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26284 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26285 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26286 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26287 If so, put the following in the preamble
26290 \begin_layout Standard
26302 \begin_layout Standard
26306 \begin_layout Standard
26312 \begin_layout Standard
26313 in the index entry.
26314 \begin_inset Index idx
26317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26318 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26323 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26324 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26325 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26328 \begin_layout Standard
26329 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26335 \begin_inset space \space{}
26338 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26339 for all index entries.
26340 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26352 documentation for details,
26353 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26355 key "makeindex,xindy"
26362 \begin_layout Subsection
26364 \begin_inset Index idx
26367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26376 name "sub:Index-Program"
26383 \begin_layout Standard
26384 When the index entry program
26388 , which is only available for Linux, is installed, LyX uses it for index
26389 generation; otherwise the program
26393 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26394 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26395 dialog, see section
26396 \begin_inset space ~
26400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26402 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26407 The available options are listed and explained in
26408 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26410 key "makeindex,xindy"
26415 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26418 \begin_layout Standard
26423 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26424 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26425 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26426 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26427 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26435 \begin_layout Section
26436 Nomenclature / Glossary
26437 \begin_inset Index idx
26440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26447 \begin_inset Index idx
26450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26481 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26488 \begin_layout Standard
26489 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26490 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26494 \begin_layout Standard
26495 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26500 \begin_inset Index idx
26503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26504 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26510 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26511 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26517 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26520 \begin_layout Standard
26521 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26522 and then use the menu
26524 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26530 \begin_inset space ~
26535 or the toolbar button
26536 \begin_inset Graphics
26537 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26538 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26555 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26558 \begin_layout Standard
26559 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26560 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26561 The second is the description of the symbol.
26564 \begin_layout Standard
26565 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26573 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26581 \begin_layout Subsection
26582 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26583 \begin_inset Index idx
26586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26587 Nomenclature ! Layout
26595 \begin_layout Standard
26596 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26600 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26606 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26614 \begin_inset Newline newline
26622 \begin_inset Newline newline
26628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26635 character starts/ends the formula.
26636 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26648 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26658 \begin_layout Standard
26659 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26660 \begin_inset space ~
26664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26666 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26673 \begin_layout Standard
26677 \begin_inset space ~
26682 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26683 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26688 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26695 in this document is:
26696 \begin_inset Newline newline
26701 dummy entry for the character
26706 \begin_inset Newline newline
26718 \begin_inset space ~
26728 font use the command
26757 \begin_layout Subsection
26758 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26759 \begin_inset Index idx
26762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26763 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26771 \begin_layout Standard
26772 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26773 the symbol definition.
26774 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26775 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26778 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26779 LatexCommand nomenclature
26781 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26788 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26792 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26793 LatexCommand nomenclature
26796 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26801 They will be sorted by
26802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26828 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26831 will be sorted before the
26835 since the character
26836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26843 is considered in sorting.
26846 \begin_layout Standard
26847 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26850 \begin_inset space ~
26855 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26856 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26858 For the example given, you can insert
26862 in this field for the
26863 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26870 will be located before
26871 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26877 \begin_layout Standard
26878 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26883 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26892 \begin_layout Subsection
26893 Nomenclature Options
26894 \begin_inset Index idx
26897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26898 Nomenclature ! Options
26906 \begin_layout Standard
26911 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26912 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26915 \begin_layout Description
26916 refeq Appends the phrase
26917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26932 to every nomenclature entry, where
26938 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26941 \begin_layout Description
26942 refpage Appends the phrase
26943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26958 to every nomenclature entry, where
26964 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26967 \begin_layout Description
26968 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26971 \begin_layout Standard
26972 There are furthermore the options
27016 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27020 \begin_layout Standard
27021 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27022 class options list in the
27024 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27028 In this document the option
27035 \begin_layout Standard
27036 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27043 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27044 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27049 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27052 \begin_layout Description
27062 \begin_layout Description
27065 nomrefpage Like the
27072 \begin_layout Description
27075 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27084 \begin_layout Description
27088 \begin_inset space ~
27094 \begin_inset space ~
27099 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27102 \begin_layout Subsection
27103 Printing the Nomenclature
27104 \begin_inset Index idx
27107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27108 Nomenclature ! Printing
27116 \begin_layout Standard
27117 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27119 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27121 \begin_inset space ~
27125 \begin_inset space ~
27128 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27132 A light blue box labeled
27133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27144 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27145 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27148 \begin_layout Standard
27149 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27158 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27166 For example, in order to change the name to
27170 , add the following line to the preamble:
27173 \begin_layout Standard
27181 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27184 \begin_layout Standard
27185 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27191 \begin_layout Standard
27192 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27193 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27196 \begin_layout Standard
27204 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27210 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27211 \begin_inset space ~
27215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27217 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27222 The default value is 1
27223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27229 \begin_layout Subsection
27230 Nomenclature Program
27231 \begin_inset Index idx
27234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27235 Nomenclature ! Program
27241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27243 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27250 \begin_layout Standard
27251 LyX uses the program
27255 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27256 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27261 by adding options, see section
27262 \begin_inset space ~
27266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27268 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27273 The available options are listed and explained in
27274 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27276 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27283 \begin_layout Section
27285 \begin_inset Index idx
27288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27295 \begin_inset Index idx
27298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27299 Document ! Branches
27305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27307 name "sec:Branches"
27314 \begin_layout Standard
27315 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27316 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27317 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27318 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27321 \begin_layout Standard
27322 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27323 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27324 To create a branch, go in the
27326 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27334 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27335 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27338 \begin_layout Standard
27339 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27340 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27342 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27345 where you can choose a branch.
27346 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27349 \begin_layout Standard
27350 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27351 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27354 \begin_layout Standard
27355 \begin_inset Branch Question
27358 \begin_layout Standard
27359 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27367 \begin_layout Standard
27368 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27371 \begin_layout Standard
27372 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27380 \begin_layout Standard
27381 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27387 \begin_layout Standard
27388 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27389 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27391 For example you can define for the question branch
27395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27396 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27397 \begin_inset space ~
27401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27403 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27415 \begin_layout Standard
27425 \begin_layout Standard
27435 \begin_layout Standard
27436 and for the answer branch
27439 \begin_layout Standard
27449 \begin_layout Standard
27459 \begin_layout Standard
27460 \begin_inset Branch Question
27463 \begin_layout Standard
27467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27495 \begin_layout Standard
27496 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27499 \begin_layout Standard
27503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27531 \begin_layout Standard
27532 Now it is possible to use the commands
27536 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27543 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27546 to obtain conditional output.
27547 Here is an example formula where only the
27554 \begin_inset Formula \[
27555 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27562 \begin_layout Standard
27563 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27571 \begin_layout Section
27573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27575 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27580 \begin_inset Index idx
27583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27592 \begin_layout Standard
27597 dialog allows you in the
27601 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27602 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27607 \begin_inset Index idx
27610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27611 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27619 \begin_layout Standard
27624 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27625 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27626 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27628 You can specify in the dialog tab
27632 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27634 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27635 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27639 \begin_layout Standard
27644 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27645 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27646 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27648 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27649 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27651 \begin_inset space ~
27654 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27655 \begin_inset space ~
27658 1 will only display the sections.
27661 \begin_layout Standard
27662 The header information in the dialog tab
27666 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27667 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27672 \begin_inset space \space{}
27675 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27676 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27679 Automatic fill header
27681 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27682 title and author settings.
27685 \begin_layout Standard
27688 Load in fullscreen mode
27690 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27693 \begin_layout Standard
27694 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27695 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27701 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27702 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27711 \begin_layout Section
27712 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27713 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27715 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27722 \begin_layout Subsection
27724 \begin_inset Index idx
27727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27736 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27743 \begin_layout Standard
27744 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27745 constructs, but not all.
27746 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27747 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27748 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27749 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27750 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27754 \begin_layout Standard
27755 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27757 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27759 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27761 \begin_inset space ~
27766 or by the toolbar button
27767 \begin_inset Graphics
27768 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27773 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27777 \begin_layout Standard
27778 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27779 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27780 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27787 , you can write the command part
27793 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27797 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27798 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27799 the following example:
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27803 \begin_inset Graphics
27804 filename clipart/ERT.png
27812 \begin_layout Standard
27816 \begin_layout Standard
27817 This is a line with a
27821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27844 \begin_layout Standard
27845 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27853 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27854 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27862 \begin_layout Subsection
27863 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27864 \begin_inset OptArg
27867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27874 \begin_inset Index idx
27877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27886 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27893 \begin_layout Standard
27894 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27895 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27896 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27905 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27906 any time if you know the right commands.
27908 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27912 \begin_inset space \space{}
27915 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
27917 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27918 all caption labels bold.
27919 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27921 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
27925 \begin_layout Standard
27926 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27927 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
27928 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27930 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27939 \begin_layout Standard
27940 As result you know that the package
27945 \begin_inset Index idx
27948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27949 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27955 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27957 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27963 \begin_layout Standard
27968 usepackage[options]{package name}
27971 \begin_layout Standard
27972 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27973 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27974 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27977 \begin_layout Standard
27978 In your case the package name is
27983 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27988 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27989 So you add the command
27992 \begin_layout Standard
27997 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28000 \begin_layout Standard
28001 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28006 For more commands provided by the
28010 package, have a look at its documentation,
28011 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28025 \begin_layout Standard
28026 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28028 For example if you use a
28032 class, you don't need the package
28036 , you can instead write
28039 \begin_layout Standard
28044 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28049 \begin_layout Standard
28050 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28051 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28052 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28059 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28062 \begin_layout Standard
28063 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28064 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28066 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28067 the previous section.
28070 \begin_layout Standard
28071 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28073 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28075 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28083 \begin_layout Section
28084 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28087 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28092 \begin_inset Index idx
28095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28102 \begin_inset Index idx
28105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28114 \begin_layout Standard
28115 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28116 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28117 to break your train of thought with
28119 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28125 \begin_layout Standard
28126 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28127 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28132 \begin_inset Index idx
28135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28136 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28141 as explained below, and turn on
28144 \begin_inset space ~
28151 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28157 \begin_inset space ~
28161 \begin_inset space ~
28164 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28170 \begin_layout Standard
28171 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28173 Previews of an already loaded document are
28177 generated just by selecting the
28180 \begin_inset space ~
28185 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28188 \begin_layout Standard
28189 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28190 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28193 \begin_inset space ~
28198 check box in the insert dialog.
28199 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28203 \begin_layout Standard
28204 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28208 (on some systems named simply
28213 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28215 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28221 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28222 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28230 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28234 \begin_layout Standard
28235 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28241 \begin_layout Standard
28242 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28246 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28248 \begin_inset space ~
28253 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28254 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28256 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28257 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28258 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28259 the source view window.
28262 \begin_layout Section
28264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28266 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28271 \begin_inset Index idx
28274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28283 \begin_layout Standard
28284 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28285 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28302 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28308 can be seen as the successor to
28312 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28317 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28318 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28326 \begin_layout Standard
28327 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28328 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28335 \begin_layout Standard
28338 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28341 or the toolbar button
28342 \begin_inset Graphics
28343 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28344 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28348 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28349 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28350 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28351 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28352 scrolled so that it is visible.
28357 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28359 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28363 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28364 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28367 \begin_layout Standard
28368 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28371 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28375 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28376 will bring an error message.
28377 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28378 specifying a different
28380 Alternative language
28382 in preferences dialog.
28385 \begin_layout Standard
28386 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28389 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28393 \begin_layout Standard
28394 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28395 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28397 But you can use the
28400 \begin_inset space ~
28404 \begin_inset space ~
28412 \begin_layout Standard
28413 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28414 This does work with
28418 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28421 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28425 \begin_layout Standard
28430 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28433 \begin_layout Description
28435 \begin_inset space ~
28438 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28439 should consider, e.
28440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28444 \begin_inset space \space{}
28447 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28448 This should not normally be needed.
28451 \begin_layout Description
28453 \begin_inset space ~
28456 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28457 the spell checker's default choice
28460 \begin_layout Description
28462 \begin_inset space ~
28466 \begin_inset space ~
28469 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28481 \begin_layout Description
28483 \begin_inset space ~
28487 \begin_inset space ~
28490 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28492 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28499 also for the spellchecker.
28503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28504 The encodings are explained in section
28505 \begin_inset space ~
28509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28511 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28520 Only enable this if you use
28524 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28525 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28526 so this is disabled by default.
28529 \begin_layout Section
28531 \begin_inset Index idx
28534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28543 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28550 \begin_layout Standard
28551 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28552 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28562 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28564 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28573 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28574 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28575 are available for many languages.
28578 \begin_layout Standard
28579 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28583 \begin_layout Subsection
28584 Setting up the thesaurus
28587 \begin_layout Standard
28592 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28597 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28602 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28608 en_EN for English).
28609 For instance, the English files are named:
28612 \begin_layout Itemize
28616 \begin_layout Itemize
28620 \begin_layout Standard
28621 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28622 already on your system.
28623 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28624 \begin_inset Flex URL
28627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28629 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28635 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28640 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28642 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28643 unpack a zip archive.
28646 \begin_layout Standard
28655 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28656 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28658 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28659 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28663 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28666 \begin_layout Subsection
28667 Using the thesaurus
28670 \begin_layout Standard
28671 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28673 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28676 or the toolbar button
28677 \begin_inset Graphics
28678 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28679 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28680 rotateOrigin center
28684 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28686 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28688 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28689 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28690 and hyponyms (such as
28698 ), compounds (such as
28702 ) and antonyms (such as
28710 ), which are marked as such.
28713 \begin_layout Standard
28714 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28715 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28719 \begin_layout Standard
28720 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28721 the dictionary, such as the above
28725 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28726 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28730 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28731 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28732 For example looking up the word forms
28740 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28745 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28758 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28759 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28760 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28763 \begin_layout Subsection
28764 Lincense of the Thesaurus library
28767 \begin_layout Standard
28772 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
28777 as a standalone program.
28778 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
28779 The library was released under the
28781 Berkeley Database License
28783 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
28784 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
28785 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
28787 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
28790 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
28794 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
28797 \begin_layout Section
28799 \begin_inset Index idx
28802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28809 \begin_inset Index idx
28812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28813 Document ! Change Tracking
28819 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28821 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28828 \begin_layout Standard
28829 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
28830 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
28831 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
28832 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28834 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28836 \begin_inset space ~
28839 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28841 \begin_inset space ~
28849 \begin_layout Standard
28850 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28859 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28862 \begin_inset space ~
28866 \begin_inset space ~
28876 \begin_inset Index idx
28879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28888 \begin_layout Standard
28889 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28890 \begin_inset Index idx
28893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28902 \begin_layout Standard
28903 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28909 \begin_layout Standard
28910 \begin_inset Graphics
28911 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28918 \begin_layout Standard
28919 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28925 \begin_layout Standard
28926 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28930 \begin_layout Standard
28931 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28937 \begin_layout Standard
28938 \begin_inset Tabular
28939 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28940 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
28941 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28942 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28943 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28948 \begin_inset Graphics
28949 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28950 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28951 rotateOrigin center
28960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28966 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28968 \begin_inset space ~
28971 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28973 \begin_inset space ~
28982 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28987 \begin_inset Graphics
28988 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28989 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28990 rotateOrigin center
28999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29005 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29007 \begin_inset space ~
29010 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29012 \begin_inset space ~
29016 \begin_inset space ~
29020 \begin_inset space ~
29029 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29034 \begin_inset Graphics
29035 filename ../images/change-next.png
29036 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29037 rotateOrigin center
29046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29050 Jumps to the next change
29056 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29061 \begin_inset Graphics
29062 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29063 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29064 rotateOrigin center
29073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29079 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29081 \begin_inset space ~
29084 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29086 \begin_inset space ~
29095 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29100 \begin_inset Graphics
29101 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29102 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29103 rotateOrigin center
29112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29118 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29120 \begin_inset space ~
29123 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29125 \begin_inset space ~
29134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29139 \begin_inset Graphics
29140 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29141 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29142 rotateOrigin center
29151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29157 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29159 \begin_inset space ~
29162 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29164 \begin_inset space ~
29173 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29178 \begin_inset Graphics
29179 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29180 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29181 rotateOrigin center
29190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29196 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29198 \begin_inset space ~
29201 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29203 \begin_inset space ~
29207 \begin_inset space ~
29216 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29221 \begin_inset Graphics
29222 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29223 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29224 rotateOrigin center
29233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29239 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29241 \begin_inset space ~
29244 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29246 \begin_inset space ~
29250 \begin_inset space ~
29259 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29264 \begin_inset Graphics
29265 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29266 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29267 rotateOrigin center
29276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29283 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29285 \begin_inset space ~
29294 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29299 \begin_inset Graphics
29300 filename ../images/note-next.png
29301 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29302 rotateOrigin center
29311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29317 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29319 \begin_inset space ~
29335 \begin_layout Standard
29336 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29342 \begin_layout Standard
29343 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29344 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29345 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29346 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29347 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29348 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29349 step to the next change.
29350 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29353 \begin_layout Standard
29354 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29355 to describe a change.
29358 \begin_layout Standard
29359 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29364 \begin_inset Index idx
29367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29368 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29374 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29375 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29381 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29384 \begin_layout Section
29385 International Support
29386 \begin_inset Index idx
29389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29390 International support
29398 \begin_layout Standard
29399 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29400 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29401 how to set up LyX to use them:
29402 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29404 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29411 \begin_layout Standard
29412 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29413 \begin_inset space ~
29417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29419 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29426 \begin_layout Subsection
29428 \begin_inset Index idx
29431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29438 \begin_inset Index idx
29441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29442 Document ! Settings
29448 \begin_inset Index idx
29451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29452 Document ! Language
29460 \begin_layout Standard
29463 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29466 dialog lets you set
29468 the language and character encoding for your language.
29472 \begin_layout Standard
29473 Choose your language in the
29477 section of this dialog.
29485 \begin_layout Standard
29490 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29495 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29496 For details about the different encoding options see section
29497 \begin_inset space ~
29501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29503 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29510 \begin_layout Subsection
29511 Keyboard mapping configuration
29512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29514 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29521 \begin_layout Standard
29522 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29523 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29524 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29525 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29526 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29528 \begin_inset space ~
29532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29534 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29539 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29540 which one you want to use.
29543 \begin_layout Standard
29544 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29545 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29546 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29547 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29548 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29549 one to support the characters you want.
29550 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29557 \begin_layout Subsection
29561 \begin_layout Standard
29563 \begin_inset space ~
29567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29569 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29578 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29582 \begin_layout Standard
29583 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29584 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29592 \begin_layout Itemize
29593 Even if you have selected
29599 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29602 dialog, users who have only the
29606 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29610 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29611 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29612 french quotes won't show up.
29615 \begin_layout Standard
29616 \begin_inset Float table
29621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29622 \begin_inset Caption
29624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29627 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29645 \begin_inset Tabular
29646 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29647 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29648 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29649 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29650 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29651 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29652 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29653 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29654 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29655 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29656 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29657 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29658 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29659 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29660 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29661 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29662 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29663 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29664 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34077 \begin_layout Standard
34078 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34080 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34081 also the characters from
34093 \begin_layout Itemize
34102 \begin_layout Standard
34103 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34104 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34110 \begin_layout Standard
34111 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34112 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34118 \begin_layout Standard
34119 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34120 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34126 \begin_layout Standard
34127 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34128 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34134 \begin_layout Standard
34136 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34142 \begin_layout Standard
34144 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34150 \begin_layout Standard
34152 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34159 \begin_layout Itemize
34172 \begin_layout Standard
34174 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34180 \begin_layout Standard
34182 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34188 \begin_layout Standard
34190 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34196 \begin_layout Standard
34198 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34204 \begin_layout Standard
34206 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34212 \begin_layout Standard
34214 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34221 \begin_layout Standard
34222 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34223 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34224 Also make sure you're using the
34231 \begin_layout Chapter
34234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34236 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34243 \begin_layout Standard
34244 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34245 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34246 inside the user's guide.
34249 \begin_layout Section
34251 \begin_inset Index idx
34254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34263 \begin_layout Standard
34268 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34269 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34272 \begin_layout Subsection
34276 \begin_layout Standard
34277 Creates a new document.
34280 \begin_layout Subsection
34284 \begin_layout Standard
34285 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34286 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34287 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34290 \begin_layout Subsection
34294 \begin_layout Standard
34298 \begin_layout Subsection
34302 \begin_layout Standard
34303 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34304 Click there on a file to open it.
34307 \begin_layout Subsection
34311 \begin_layout Standard
34312 Closes the current document.
34315 \begin_layout Subsection
34319 \begin_layout Standard
34320 Saves the actual document.
34323 \begin_layout Subsection
34327 \begin_layout Standard
34328 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34331 \begin_layout Subsection
34335 \begin_layout Standard
34336 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34339 \begin_layout Subsection
34343 \begin_layout Standard
34344 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34345 It is described in the section
34347 Version Control in LyX
34351 Additional Features
34356 \begin_layout Subsection
34360 \begin_layout Standard
34361 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34362 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34363 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34366 \begin_layout Standard
34367 When using the menu
34370 \begin_inset space ~
34374 \begin_inset space ~
34379 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34380 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34381 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34382 will start a new paragraph.
34385 \begin_layout Subsection
34387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34396 \begin_layout Standard
34397 You can export your document to various file formats.
34398 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34399 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34400 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34403 \begin_layout Standard
34404 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34406 \begin_inset space ~
34410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34412 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34419 \begin_layout Description
34423 \begin_inset space ~
34428 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34429 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34432 \begin_layout Description
34440 \begin_layout Description
34441 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34445 \begin_layout Description
34447 \begin_inset space ~
34451 \begin_inset space ~
34454 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34458 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34466 \begin_layout Description
34473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34481 \begin_inset space ~
34486 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34487 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34491 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34494 \begin_layout Description
34501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34509 \begin_inset space ~
34514 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34515 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34523 \begin_layout Description
34525 \begin_inset space ~
34528 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34536 is replaced by the version number)
34539 \begin_layout Description
34540 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34553 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34557 \begin_layout Description
34562 PDF-format using the program
34567 \begin_layout Description
34571 \begin_inset space ~
34576 PDF-format using the program
34581 \begin_layout Description
34585 \begin_inset space ~
34590 PDF-format using the program
34595 \begin_layout Description
34599 \begin_inset space ~
34607 \begin_layout Description
34611 \begin_inset space ~
34615 \begin_inset space ~
34620 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34621 and then exported as text using the program
34626 \begin_layout Description
34631 PostScript format using the program
34636 \begin_layout Description
34644 \begin_layout Standard
34649 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34650 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34656 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34659 \begin_layout Standard
34660 If one of the menu entries
34667 \begin_inset space ~
34676 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34677 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34678 \begin_inset space ~
34682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34684 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34689 \begin_inset Index idx
34692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34693 Reconfiguration of LyX
34701 \begin_layout Standard
34706 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34707 the export program.
34710 \begin_layout Subsection
34714 \begin_layout Standard
34715 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34716 or send it to a printer.
34717 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34718 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34724 For more information have a look at section
34725 \begin_inset space ~
34729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34731 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34738 \begin_layout Subsection
34739 New and Close Window
34742 \begin_layout Standard
34743 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34744 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34747 \begin_layout Section
34749 \begin_inset Index idx
34752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34761 \begin_layout Subsection
34765 \begin_layout Standard
34766 Described in section
34767 \begin_inset space ~
34771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34773 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34780 \begin_layout Subsection
34781 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34784 \begin_layout Standard
34785 Described in section
34786 \begin_inset space ~
34790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34792 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34799 \begin_layout Subsection
34803 \begin_layout Standard
34804 Selects the whole document.
34807 \begin_layout Subsection
34811 \begin_layout Standard
34812 Described in section
34813 \begin_inset space ~
34817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34819 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34826 \begin_layout Subsection
34827 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34830 \begin_layout Standard
34831 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34835 \begin_layout Subsection
34839 \begin_layout Standard
34840 Described in section
34841 \begin_inset space ~
34845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34847 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34854 \begin_layout Subsection
34856 \begin_inset Index idx
34859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34860 Paragraph ! Settings
34868 \begin_layout Standard
34869 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34871 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34874 \begin_layout Standard
34875 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34876 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34879 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34885 \begin_inset space ~
34893 \begin_layout Subsection
34897 \begin_layout Standard
34898 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
34900 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
34901 The properties of tables are described in section
34902 \begin_inset space ~
34906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34908 reference "sec:Tables"
34912 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34913 \begin_inset space ~
34917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34919 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34926 \begin_layout Subsection
34927 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34930 \begin_layout Standard
34931 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34933 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34934 \begin_inset space ~
34938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34940 reference "sec:Nesting"
34945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34947 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34954 \begin_layout Section
34956 \begin_inset Index idx
34959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34968 \begin_layout Standard
34973 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34974 document with an external program.
34975 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34976 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34977 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34978 \begin_inset space ~
34982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34984 reference "sub:Export"
34989 You should at least see the menu entries
34996 \begin_inset space ~
35002 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35003 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35004 \begin_inset space ~
35008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35010 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35015 \begin_inset Index idx
35018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35019 Reconfiguration of LyX
35027 \begin_layout Standard
35028 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35029 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35030 \begin_inset space ~
35034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35036 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35041 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35044 \begin_layout Standard
35045 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35048 At the bottom of the
35052 menu the opened documents are listed.
35055 \begin_layout Subsection
35056 Open/Close all Insets
35059 \begin_layout Standard
35060 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35063 \begin_layout Subsection
35064 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35067 \begin_layout Standard
35068 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35071 \begin_layout Standard
35072 Math macros are described in the
35079 \begin_layout Subsection
35083 \begin_layout Standard
35084 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35086 \begin_inset space ~
35090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35092 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35099 \begin_layout Subsection
35103 \begin_layout Standard
35104 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35105 opening a new view window.
35108 \begin_layout Subsection
35112 \begin_layout Standard
35113 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35114 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35115 the same document, but at different positions.
35116 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35117 or more documents the same time.
35118 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35125 \begin_layout Subsection
35129 \begin_layout Standard
35130 Closes a split view.
35133 \begin_layout Subsection
35137 \begin_layout Standard
35138 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35139 that you will see nothing than your text.
35140 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35141 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35142 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35145 \begin_layout Subsection
35147 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35149 name "sub:Toolbars"
35154 \begin_inset Index idx
35157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35166 \begin_layout Standard
35167 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35168 All toolbars and the
35171 \begin_inset space ~
35176 can be turned on and off.
35181 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35193 \begin_inset space ~
35202 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35206 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35213 \begin_layout Standard
35218 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35222 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35223 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35224 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35225 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35226 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35229 \begin_layout Standard
35230 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35231 \begin_inset space ~
35235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35237 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35244 \begin_layout Section
35246 \begin_inset Index idx
35249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35258 \begin_layout Subsection
35262 \begin_layout Standard
35263 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35264 \begin_inset space ~
35268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35270 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35281 \begin_layout Subsection
35283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35285 name "sub:Special-Character"
35292 \begin_layout Standard
35293 Here you can insert the following characters:
35296 \begin_layout Description
35297 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35298 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35299 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35300 \begin_inset Newline newline
35304 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35312 Not all characters will be visible in the
35316 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35324 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35328 ) can display every character.
35336 \begin_layout Description
35337 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35341 \begin_layout Description
35343 \begin_inset space ~
35347 \begin_inset space ~
35350 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35351 \begin_inset space ~
35355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35357 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35364 \begin_layout Description
35366 \begin_inset space ~
35369 Quote Inserts this quote:
35370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35373 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35375 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35385 \begin_layout Description
35387 \begin_inset space ~
35390 Quote Inserts this quote:
35391 \begin_inset Quotes els
35397 \begin_layout Description
35399 \begin_inset space ~
35402 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35406 \begin_layout Description
35408 \begin_inset space ~
35411 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35415 \begin_layout Description
35417 \begin_inset space ~
35420 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35424 \begin_layout Description
35426 \begin_inset space ~
35430 \begin_inset Index idx
35433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35440 \begin_inset Index idx
35443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35444 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35449 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35450 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35451 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35456 \begin_inset Index idx
35459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35460 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35466 \begin_inset Newline newline
35469 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35473 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35481 and this Wiki-page:
35482 \begin_inset Newline newline
35486 \begin_inset Flex URL
35489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35491 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35499 \begin_layout Subsection
35503 \begin_layout Standard
35504 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35507 \begin_layout Description
35508 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35509 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35515 \begin_layout Description
35516 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35517 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35523 \begin_layout Description
35525 \begin_inset space ~
35528 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35529 \begin_inset space ~
35533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35535 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35542 \begin_layout Description
35544 \begin_inset space ~
35547 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35548 \begin_inset space ~
35552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35554 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35561 \begin_layout Description
35563 \begin_inset space ~
35566 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35567 \begin_inset space ~
35571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35573 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35580 \begin_layout Description
35582 \begin_inset space ~
35585 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35586 \begin_inset space ~
35590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35592 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35599 \begin_layout Description
35601 \begin_inset space ~
35604 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35605 \begin_inset space ~
35609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35611 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35618 \begin_layout Description
35620 \begin_inset space ~
35623 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35624 \begin_inset space ~
35628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35630 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35637 \begin_layout Description
35639 \begin_inset space ~
35642 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35643 \begin_inset space ~
35647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35649 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35656 \begin_layout Description
35658 \begin_inset space ~
35661 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35662 \begin_inset space ~
35666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35668 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35675 \begin_layout Description
35677 \begin_inset space ~
35681 \begin_inset space ~
35684 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35685 \begin_inset space ~
35689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35691 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35698 \begin_layout Description
35700 \begin_inset space ~
35703 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35704 text line to the page border, see section
35705 \begin_inset space ~
35709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35711 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35718 \begin_layout Description
35720 \begin_inset space ~
35723 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35724 \begin_inset space ~
35728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35730 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35737 \begin_layout Description
35739 \begin_inset space ~
35742 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35743 text page to the page border, described in section
35744 \begin_inset space ~
35748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35750 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35757 \begin_layout Description
35759 \begin_inset space ~
35762 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35763 \begin_inset space ~
35767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35769 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35776 \begin_layout Description
35778 \begin_inset space ~
35782 \begin_inset space ~
35785 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35786 \begin_inset space ~
35790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35792 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35799 \begin_layout Subsection
35803 \begin_layout Standard
35804 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35805 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35807 \begin_inset space ~
35811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35813 reference "sec:toc"
35818 The index list is described in section
35819 \begin_inset space ~
35823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35825 reference "sec:Index"
35829 , the nomenclature in section
35830 \begin_inset space ~
35834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35836 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35840 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35841 \begin_inset space ~
35845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35847 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35854 \begin_layout Subsection
35858 \begin_layout Standard
35859 To insert floats, described in section
35860 \begin_inset space ~
35864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35866 reference "sec:Floats"
35873 \begin_layout Subsection
35877 \begin_layout Standard
35878 To insert notes, described in section
35879 \begin_inset space ~
35883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35885 reference "sec:Notes"
35892 \begin_layout Subsection
35896 \begin_layout Standard
35897 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35898 \begin_inset space ~
35902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35904 reference "sec:Branches"
35911 \begin_layout Subsection
35913 \begin_inset Index idx
35916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35925 \begin_layout Standard
35926 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35927 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35938 \begin_layout Subsection
35940 \begin_inset Index idx
35943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35952 \begin_layout Standard
35953 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35954 \begin_inset space ~
35958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35960 reference "sec:Minipages"
35965 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35976 \begin_layout Subsection
35980 \begin_layout Standard
35981 Inserts a citation as described in section
35982 \begin_inset space ~
35986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35988 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35995 \begin_layout Subsection
35999 \begin_layout Standard
36000 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36001 \begin_inset space ~
36005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36007 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36014 \begin_layout Subsection
36018 \begin_layout Standard
36019 Inserts a label as described in section
36020 \begin_inset space ~
36024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36026 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36033 \begin_layout Subsection
36035 \begin_inset Index idx
36038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36045 \begin_inset Index idx
36048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36049 Longtables ! Caption
36057 \begin_layout Standard
36058 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
36059 Floats are described in section
36060 \begin_inset space ~
36064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36066 reference "sec:Floats"
36070 , captions in longtables are described in section
36081 \begin_layout Subsection
36085 \begin_layout Standard
36086 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36087 \begin_inset space ~
36091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36093 reference "sec:Index"
36100 \begin_layout Subsection
36104 \begin_layout Standard
36105 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36106 \begin_inset space ~
36110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36112 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36119 \begin_layout Subsection
36123 \begin_layout Standard
36125 Tables are described in section
36126 \begin_inset space ~
36130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36132 reference "sec:Tables"
36139 \begin_layout Subsection
36143 \begin_layout Standard
36145 Graphics are described in section
36146 \begin_inset space ~
36150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36152 reference "sec:Graphics"
36159 \begin_layout Subsection
36163 \begin_layout Standard
36164 Inserts an URL as described in section
36165 \begin_inset space ~
36169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36171 reference "sub:URLs"
36178 \begin_layout Subsection
36182 \begin_layout Standard
36183 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36184 \begin_inset space ~
36188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36190 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36197 \begin_layout Subsection
36201 \begin_layout Standard
36202 Inserts a footnote, see section
36203 \begin_inset space ~
36207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36209 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36216 \begin_layout Subsection
36220 \begin_layout Standard
36221 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36222 \begin_inset space ~
36226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36228 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36235 \begin_layout Subsection
36239 \begin_layout Standard
36240 Inserts a short title, see section
36241 \begin_inset space ~
36245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36247 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36254 \begin_layout Subsection
36258 \begin_layout Standard
36259 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36260 \begin_inset space ~
36264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36266 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36273 \begin_layout Subsection
36275 \begin_inset Index idx
36278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36287 \begin_layout Standard
36288 Inserts a program listings box.
36289 Program listings are explained in chapter
36291 Program Code Listings
36300 \begin_layout Subsection
36304 \begin_layout Standard
36305 Inserts the actual date.
36306 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36308 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36318 There the different methods are also compared.
36321 \begin_layout Section
36323 \begin_inset Index idx
36326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36335 \begin_layout Standard
36336 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36337 \begin_inset space ~
36340 of the current document.
36341 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36344 \begin_layout Subsection
36348 \begin_layout Standard
36349 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36350 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36352 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36356 \begin_inset space \space{}
36360 \begin_inset space ~
36364 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36365 \begin_inset space ~
36368 2.5 and use the menu
36371 \begin_inset space ~
36375 \begin_inset space ~
36382 \begin_inset space ~
36388 \begin_inset space ~
36392 \begin_inset space ~
36398 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36402 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36408 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36414 \begin_layout Standard
36415 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36416 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36419 \begin_layout Subsection
36420 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36423 \begin_layout Standard
36424 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36428 \begin_layout Subsection
36432 \begin_layout Standard
36433 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36434 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36435 on a cross-reference box.
36438 \begin_layout Section
36440 \begin_inset Index idx
36443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36452 \begin_layout Subsection
36456 \begin_layout Standard
36457 Change Tracking is described in section
36458 \begin_inset space ~
36462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36464 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36471 \begin_layout Subsection
36476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36486 \begin_layout Standard
36487 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36489 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36492 \begin_layout Standard
36493 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36498 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36501 \begin_layout Subsection
36505 \begin_layout Standard
36506 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36507 \begin_inset space ~
36511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36513 reference "sec:Navigating"
36518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36520 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36527 \begin_layout Subsection
36528 Start Appendix Here
36531 \begin_layout Standard
36532 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36533 position as described in section
36534 \begin_inset space ~
36538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36540 reference "sec:Appendices"
36547 \begin_layout Subsection
36551 \begin_layout Standard
36552 Un/compresses the current document.
36555 \begin_layout Subsection
36559 \begin_layout Standard
36560 The document settings are described in appendix
36561 \begin_inset space ~
36565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36567 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36574 \begin_layout Section
36576 \begin_inset Index idx
36579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36588 \begin_layout Subsection
36592 \begin_layout Standard
36593 Spell checking is explained in section
36594 \begin_inset space ~
36598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36600 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36607 \begin_layout Subsection
36611 \begin_layout Standard
36612 The thesaurus is described in section
36613 \begin_inset space ~
36617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36619 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36626 \begin_layout Subsection
36628 \begin_inset Index idx
36631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36638 \begin_inset Index idx
36641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36650 \begin_layout Standard
36651 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36652 highlighted document part.
36655 \begin_layout Subsection
36657 \begin_inset Index idx
36660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36669 \begin_layout Standard
36670 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36673 \begin_layout Subsection
36675 \begin_inset Index idx
36678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36679 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36690 Reconfiguration of LyX
36694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36707 \begin_inset Index idx
36710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36711 Reconfiguration of LyX
36719 \begin_layout Standard
36720 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36721 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36722 \begin_inset space ~
36726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36728 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36735 \begin_layout Subsection
36739 \begin_layout Standard
36740 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36747 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36754 \begin_layout Section
36756 \begin_inset Index idx
36759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36768 \begin_layout Standard
36769 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36773 \begin_layout Standard
36777 \begin_inset space ~
36782 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36783 found by LyX (see also section
36784 \begin_inset space ~
36788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36790 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36797 \begin_layout Section
36799 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36801 name "sec:Toolbars"
36808 \begin_layout Standard
36809 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36810 \begin_inset space ~
36814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36816 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36823 \begin_layout Standard
36824 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36825 This is described in the
36827 Additional Features
36832 \begin_layout Subsection
36834 \begin_inset Index idx
36837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36846 \begin_layout Standard
36847 \begin_inset Graphics
36848 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36856 \begin_layout Standard
36857 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36863 \begin_layout Standard
36864 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36881 \begin_inset Note Note
36884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36885 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36890 manual for more information.
36898 \begin_layout Standard
36899 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36905 \begin_layout Standard
36906 \begin_inset Tabular
36907 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36908 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36909 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36910 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36916 \begin_inset Graphics
36917 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36931 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36944 \begin_layout Standard
36945 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36951 \begin_layout Standard
36953 \begin_inset Tabular
36954 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
36955 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36956 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36957 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36958 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36965 \begin_inset Graphics
36966 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36967 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36982 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36989 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36994 \begin_inset Graphics
36995 filename ../images/file-open.png
36996 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37011 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37018 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37023 \begin_inset Graphics
37024 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37025 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37040 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37047 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37052 \begin_inset Graphics
37053 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37054 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37069 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37076 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37081 \begin_inset Graphics
37082 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37083 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37098 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37105 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37110 \begin_inset Graphics
37111 filename ../images/undo.png
37112 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37127 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37139 \begin_inset Graphics
37140 filename ../images/redo.png
37141 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37156 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37163 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37168 \begin_inset Graphics
37169 filename ../images/cut.png
37170 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37185 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37192 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37197 \begin_inset Graphics
37198 filename ../images/copy.png
37199 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37214 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37221 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 \begin_inset Graphics
37227 filename ../images/paste.png
37228 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37243 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37250 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37255 \begin_inset Graphics
37256 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37257 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37258 rotateOrigin center
37267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37273 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37293 \begin_inset Graphics
37294 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37295 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37296 rotateOrigin center
37305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37311 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37312 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37319 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37324 \begin_inset Graphics
37325 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37326 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37339 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37341 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37343 \begin_inset space ~
37354 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37359 \begin_inset Graphics
37360 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37361 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37374 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37376 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37378 \begin_inset space ~
37389 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37394 \begin_inset Graphics
37395 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37396 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37409 Formats text using the current settings in the
37411 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37413 \begin_inset space ~
37424 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37429 \begin_inset Graphics
37430 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37431 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37446 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37447 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37449 \begin_inset space ~
37458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37463 \begin_inset Graphics
37464 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37465 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37466 rotateOrigin center
37475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37493 \begin_inset Graphics
37494 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37496 rotateOrigin center
37505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37523 \begin_inset Graphics
37524 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37525 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37526 rotateOrigin center
37535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37539 Toggle outline window on/off,
37541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37553 \begin_inset Graphics
37554 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37555 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37556 rotateOrigin center
37565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37569 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37575 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37580 \begin_inset Graphics
37581 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37582 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37583 rotateOrigin center
37592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37596 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37609 \begin_layout Subsection
37611 \begin_inset Index idx
37614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37623 \begin_layout Standard
37624 \begin_inset Graphics
37625 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37633 \begin_layout Standard
37634 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37640 \begin_layout Standard
37641 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37645 \begin_layout Standard
37646 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37652 \begin_layout Standard
37653 \begin_inset Tabular
37654 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37655 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
37656 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37657 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37663 \begin_inset Graphics
37664 filename ../images/layout.png
37665 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37666 rotateOrigin center
37675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37685 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37690 \begin_inset Graphics
37691 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37692 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37693 rotateOrigin center
37702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37712 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37717 \begin_inset Graphics
37718 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37719 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37720 rotateOrigin center
37729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37744 \begin_inset Graphics
37745 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37746 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37747 rotateOrigin center
37756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37766 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37771 \begin_inset Graphics
37772 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37773 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37774 rotateOrigin center
37783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37793 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37798 \begin_inset Graphics
37799 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37800 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37801 rotateOrigin center
37810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37816 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37818 \begin_inset space ~
37822 \begin_inset space ~
37831 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37836 \begin_inset Graphics
37837 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37838 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37839 rotateOrigin center
37848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37854 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37856 \begin_inset space ~
37860 \begin_inset space ~
37869 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37874 \begin_inset Graphics
37875 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37876 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37892 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37899 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37904 \begin_inset Graphics
37905 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37906 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37922 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37929 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37934 \begin_inset Graphics
37935 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37936 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37951 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37958 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37963 \begin_inset Graphics
37964 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37965 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37992 \begin_inset Graphics
37993 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37994 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38009 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38016 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38021 \begin_inset Graphics
38022 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38023 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38038 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38040 \begin_inset space ~
38049 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38054 \begin_inset Graphics
38055 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38056 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38073 \begin_inset space ~
38082 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38087 \begin_inset Graphics
38088 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38089 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38104 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38111 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38116 \begin_inset Graphics
38117 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38118 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38119 rotateOrigin center
38128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38134 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38136 \begin_inset space ~
38145 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38150 \begin_inset Graphics
38151 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38152 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38167 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38168 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38170 \begin_inset space ~
38179 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38184 \begin_inset Graphics
38185 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38186 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38208 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38213 \begin_inset Graphics
38214 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38215 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38237 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38242 \begin_inset Graphics
38243 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38244 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38259 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38281 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38286 \begin_inset Graphics
38287 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38288 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38303 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38304 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38311 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38316 \begin_inset Graphics
38317 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38318 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38333 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38334 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38336 \begin_inset space ~
38345 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38350 \begin_inset Graphics
38351 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38352 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38353 rotateOrigin center
38362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38368 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38370 \begin_inset space ~
38379 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38384 \begin_inset Graphics
38385 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38386 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38387 rotateOrigin center
38396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38402 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38404 \begin_inset space ~
38413 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38418 \begin_inset Graphics
38419 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38420 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38421 rotateOrigin center
38430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38436 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38450 \begin_layout Subsection
38451 View / Update Toolbar
38452 \begin_inset Index idx
38455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38456 Toolbar ! View / Update
38464 \begin_layout Standard
38465 \begin_inset Graphics
38466 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38473 \begin_layout Standard
38474 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38480 \begin_layout Standard
38481 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38485 \begin_layout Standard
38486 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38492 \begin_layout Standard
38493 \begin_inset Tabular
38494 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38495 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
38496 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38497 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38498 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38503 \begin_inset Graphics
38504 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38505 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38506 rotateOrigin center
38515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38521 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38528 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38533 \begin_inset Graphics
38534 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38535 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38536 rotateOrigin center
38545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38551 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38552 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38559 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38564 \begin_inset Graphics
38565 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38566 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38567 rotateOrigin center
38576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38582 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38594 \begin_inset Graphics
38595 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38596 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38597 rotateOrigin center
38606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38612 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38613 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38620 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38625 \begin_inset Graphics
38626 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38627 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38628 rotateOrigin center
38637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38643 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38650 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38655 \begin_inset Graphics
38656 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38657 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38658 rotateOrigin center
38667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38673 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38674 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38688 \begin_layout Subsection
38692 \begin_layout Standard
38693 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38694 \begin_inset space ~
38698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38700 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38704 , the table toolbar
38705 \begin_inset Index idx
38708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38718 manual, the math macro toolbar
38719 \begin_inset Index idx
38722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38735 \begin_layout Chapter
38736 The Document Settings
38737 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38739 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38744 \begin_inset Index idx
38747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38748 Document ! Settings
38756 \begin_layout Standard
38757 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38758 whole document and is called with the menu
38760 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38764 You can save your document settings as default with th
38766 e Save as Document Defaults
38768 button in the dialog.
38769 This will create a template name
38777 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38781 \begin_layout Standard
38782 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38785 \begin_layout Section
38789 \begin_layout Standard
38790 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38792 Document classes are described in section
38793 \begin_inset space ~
38797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38799 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38804 Some classes use some class options by default.
38805 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38809 and you can decide to use them or not.
38810 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38811 recommended not to touch them.
38812 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38818 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38819 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38824 When you want one of the following drivers
38825 \begin_inset Newline newline
38828 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38829 \begin_inset Newline newline
38832 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38833 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38837 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38839 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38851 \begin_layout Standard
38852 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38853 child or subdocument.
38854 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38855 without its master.
38856 This way child documents are always compileable.
38857 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38868 \begin_layout Section
38872 \begin_layout Standard
38873 Modules are explained in section
38874 \begin_inset space ~
38878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38880 reference "sub:Modules"
38887 \begin_layout Section
38891 \begin_layout Standard
38892 The document font settings are described in section
38893 \begin_inset space ~
38897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38899 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38906 \begin_layout Section
38910 \begin_layout Standard
38911 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38913 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38917 \begin_layout Standard
38918 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38919 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38920 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38923 \begin_layout Standard
38924 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38932 \begin_layout Section
38936 \begin_layout Standard
38937 A description of this menu is given in section
38938 \begin_inset space ~
38942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38944 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38951 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38958 \begin_layout Section
38962 \begin_layout Standard
38963 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38964 \begin_inset space ~
38968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38970 reference "sub:Margins"
38977 \begin_layout Section
38979 \begin_inset Index idx
38982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38983 Language ! Encoding
38991 \begin_layout Standard
38992 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38993 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38994 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38995 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38996 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38997 known for a particular character).
39001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39002 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39003 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39008 manual for details.
39016 \begin_layout Standard
39017 If you use the option
39021 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39022 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39023 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39024 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39025 exactly one encoding.
39026 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39035 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39036 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39038 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39039 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39053 \begin_layout Standard
39054 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39055 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39056 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39057 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39058 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39059 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39064 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39065 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39066 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39069 \begin_layout Standard
39070 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39073 \begin_layout Description
39075 \begin_inset space ~
39079 \begin_inset space ~
39083 \begin_inset space ~
39090 , but the LaTeX-package
39095 \begin_inset Index idx
39098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39099 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39105 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39106 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39107 languages in TeX code.
39110 \begin_layout Description
39111 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39112 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39113 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39116 \begin_layout Description
39118 \begin_inset space ~
39122 \begin_inset space ~
39125 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39128 \begin_layout Description
39130 \begin_inset space ~
39134 \begin_inset space ~
39137 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39140 \begin_layout Description
39142 \begin_inset space ~
39145 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39148 \begin_layout Description
39150 \begin_inset space ~
39154 \begin_inset space ~
39157 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39158 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39161 \begin_layout Description
39163 \begin_inset space ~
39167 \begin_inset space ~
39170 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39174 \begin_layout Description
39176 \begin_inset space ~
39180 \begin_inset space ~
39183 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39184 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39187 \begin_layout Description
39189 \begin_inset space ~
39193 \begin_inset space ~
39197 \begin_inset space ~
39200 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39201 \begin_inset space ~
39207 \begin_layout Description
39209 \begin_inset space ~
39213 \begin_inset space ~
39217 \begin_inset space ~
39220 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39221 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39224 \begin_layout Description
39226 \begin_inset space ~
39230 \begin_inset space ~
39233 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39234 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39235 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39236 \begin_inset space ~
39240 \begin_inset space ~
39246 \begin_layout Description
39248 \begin_inset space ~
39252 \begin_inset space ~
39255 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39256 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39257 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39258 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39259 \begin_inset space ~
39263 \begin_inset space ~
39269 \begin_layout Description
39271 \begin_inset space ~
39275 \begin_inset space ~
39278 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39281 \begin_layout Description
39283 \begin_inset space ~
39287 \begin_inset space ~
39290 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39293 \begin_layout Description
39295 \begin_inset space ~
39299 \begin_inset space ~
39302 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39305 \begin_layout Description
39307 \begin_inset space ~
39310 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39313 \begin_layout Description
39315 \begin_inset space ~
39318 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39321 \begin_layout Description
39323 \begin_inset space ~
39327 \begin_inset space ~
39330 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39333 \begin_layout Description
39335 \begin_inset space ~
39339 \begin_inset space ~
39345 \begin_layout Description
39347 \begin_inset space ~
39351 \begin_inset space ~
39354 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39357 \begin_layout Description
39359 \begin_inset space ~
39363 \begin_inset space ~
39369 \begin_layout Description
39371 \begin_inset space ~
39375 \begin_inset space ~
39378 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39383 \begin_inset Index idx
39386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39387 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39392 , when using this, set the document language to
39397 \begin_layout Description
39399 \begin_inset space ~
39403 \begin_inset space ~
39406 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39410 , when using this, set the document language to
39415 \begin_layout Description
39417 \begin_inset space ~
39421 \begin_inset space ~
39424 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39429 \begin_inset Index idx
39432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39433 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39438 , when using this, set the document language to
39443 \begin_layout Description
39445 \begin_inset space ~
39449 \begin_inset space ~
39452 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39456 , when using this, set the document language to
39461 \begin_layout Description
39463 \begin_inset space ~
39467 \begin_inset space ~
39470 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39474 , when using this, set the document language to
39479 \begin_layout Description
39481 \begin_inset space ~
39484 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39487 \begin_layout Description
39489 \begin_inset space ~
39493 \begin_inset space ~
39497 \begin_inset space ~
39500 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39503 \begin_layout Description
39505 \begin_inset space ~
39509 \begin_inset space ~
39513 \begin_inset space ~
39516 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39517 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39518 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39521 \begin_layout Description
39523 \begin_inset space ~
39527 \begin_inset space ~
39533 \begin_layout Description
39535 \begin_inset space ~
39539 \begin_inset space ~
39542 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39543 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39546 \begin_layout Description
39548 \begin_inset space ~
39552 \begin_inset space ~
39555 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39560 \begin_inset Index idx
39563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39564 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39569 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39572 \begin_layout Description
39574 \begin_inset space ~
39578 \begin_inset space ~
39581 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39585 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39594 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39595 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39609 \begin_layout Description
39611 \begin_inset space ~
39615 \begin_inset space ~
39618 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39623 \begin_inset Index idx
39626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39627 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39632 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39635 \begin_layout Description
39637 \begin_inset space ~
39640 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39645 \begin_inset Index idx
39648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39649 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39655 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39659 \begin_layout Description
39661 \begin_inset space ~
39665 \begin_inset space ~
39669 \begin_inset space ~
39672 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39673 \begin_inset space ~
39679 \begin_layout Description
39681 \begin_inset space ~
39685 \begin_inset space ~
39689 \begin_inset space ~
39692 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39693 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39694 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39698 \begin_layout Description
39700 \begin_inset space ~
39704 \begin_inset space ~
39708 \begin_inset space ~
39711 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39712 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39715 \begin_layout Section
39719 \begin_layout Standard
39720 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39722 \begin_inset space ~
39726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39728 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39735 \begin_layout Section
39739 \begin_layout Standard
39740 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39745 \begin_inset Index idx
39748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39749 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39759 \begin_inset Index idx
39762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39763 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39769 For a further description see section
39770 \begin_inset space ~
39774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39776 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39783 \begin_layout Section
39787 \begin_layout Standard
39788 The PDF properties are explained in section
39789 \begin_inset space ~
39793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39795 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39802 \begin_layout Section
39806 \begin_layout Standard
39807 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39812 \begin_inset Index idx
39815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39816 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39826 \begin_inset Index idx
39829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39830 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39835 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39838 \begin_layout Standard
39843 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39844 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39847 \begin_layout Standard
39852 is used for special integral characters.
39855 \begin_layout Section
39859 \begin_layout Standard
39860 The float placement options are described in section
39861 \begin_inset space ~
39865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39867 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39874 \begin_layout Section
39878 \begin_layout Standard
39879 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39880 The itemize environment is described in section
39881 \begin_inset space ~
39885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39887 reference "sec:Itemize"
39894 \begin_layout Section
39898 \begin_layout Standard
39899 Branches are described in section
39900 \begin_inset space ~
39904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39906 reference "sec:Branches"
39913 \begin_layout Section
39918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39928 \begin_layout Standard
39929 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39930 to define LaTeX-commands.
39931 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39932 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39936 \begin_layout Standard
39937 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39938 \begin_inset space ~
39942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39944 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39951 \begin_layout Chapter
39957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39959 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39964 \begin_inset Index idx
39967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39976 \begin_layout Standard
39977 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39979 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39983 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39986 \begin_layout Section
39990 \begin_layout Subsection
39994 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39995 User Interface File
39996 \begin_inset Index idx
39999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40000 Customization ! of toolbars
40006 \begin_inset Index idx
40009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40010 Customization ! of menus
40018 \begin_layout Standard
40019 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40027 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40036 \begin_layout Standard
40037 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
40038 interface (ui) file.
40039 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40040 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40049 Both files are loaded by the
40054 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40055 files and edit the entries.
40058 \begin_layout Standard
40059 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40071 entries must be ended with an explicit
40096 and in the case of the
40097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40109 The syntax for the entries is:
40112 \begin_layout Standard
40113 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40141 \begin_layout Standard
40143 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40146 All LyX-functions are listed in
40147 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40156 \begin_layout Standard
40157 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40163 \begin_layout Standard
40164 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40166 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40169 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40173 \begin_layout Standard
40174 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40179 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
40182 \begin_layout Standard
40184 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40187 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40190 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40194 \begin_layout Standard
40197 Enable tool tips in main work area
40199 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40203 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40207 \begin_layout Standard
40211 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40218 restoring of window layout and geometries
40220 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40221 in the last LyX session.
40224 \begin_layout Standard
40227 Restore cursor positions
40229 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40233 \begin_layout Standard
40236 Load opened files from last session
40238 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40241 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40243 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40245 name "sub:Backup documents"
40250 \begin_inset Index idx
40253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40262 \begin_layout Standard
40267 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40270 \begin_layout Standard
40275 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40278 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40280 \begin_inset space ~
40288 \begin_layout Standard
40291 Open documents in tabs
40293 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40297 \begin_layout Subsection
40299 \begin_inset Index idx
40302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40311 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40318 \begin_layout Standard
40319 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40322 \begin_layout Standard
40323 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40331 This section only deals with the fonts
40336 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40339 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40340 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40351 \begin_layout Standard
40352 By default, LyX uses
40356 as roman (serif) font,
40364 (depends on the system) as
40367 \begin_inset space ~
40383 \begin_layout Standard
40384 You can change the font size with the
40389 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40390 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40393 \begin_layout Standard
40398 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40399 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40404 points have the size of 1
40405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40409 \begin_inset space ~
40413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40415 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40422 \begin_layout Standard
40427 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40428 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40432 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40433 \begin_inset space ~
40437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40439 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40446 \begin_layout Standard
40449 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40451 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40452 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40453 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40454 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40456 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40457 \begin_inset space ~
40463 \begin_layout Subsection
40465 \begin_inset Index idx
40468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40475 \begin_inset Index idx
40478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40487 \begin_layout Standard
40488 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40489 Choose an item in the list and use the
40496 \begin_layout Subsection
40498 \begin_inset Index idx
40501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40502 Settings ! Graphics
40510 \begin_layout Standard
40511 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40514 \begin_layout Standard
40519 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40520 This feature is described in section
40521 \begin_inset space ~
40525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40527 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40534 \begin_layout Section
40536 \begin_inset Index idx
40539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40548 \begin_layout Subsection
40552 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40556 \begin_layout Standard
40559 Cursor follows scrollbar
40561 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40565 \begin_layout Standard
40568 Sort environments alphabetically
40570 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40573 \begin_layout Standard
40576 Group environments by their category
40578 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40581 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40585 \begin_layout Standard
40586 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40591 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40592 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40596 \begin_layout Subsection
40598 \begin_inset Index idx
40601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40608 \begin_inset Index idx
40611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40612 Settings ! Shortcuts
40620 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40624 \begin_layout Standard
40625 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40626 Several binding files are available:
40629 \begin_layout Description
40630 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40633 \begin_layout Description
40634 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40645 \begin_layout Description
40646 mac.bind set of bindings for
40649 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40657 \begin_layout Standard
40658 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40662 , and bind files for special languages.
40663 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40668 \begin_inset space \space{}
40672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40680 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40684 \begin_layout Standard
40685 Some bind-files, like
40689 , have only a small scope.
40690 When looking at the the end of the file
40694 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40697 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40701 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40706 \begin_inset Index idx
40709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40710 Key Bindings ! Editing
40718 \begin_layout Standard
40719 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40720 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40721 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40724 Show key-bindings containing
40727 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40728 Insert there for example as keyword
40729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40736 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40746 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40747 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40751 that you find in the
40758 \begin_layout Standard
40760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40764 \begin_inset space \space{}
40775 , select the function and press the
40780 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40781 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40782 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40783 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40784 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40786 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40788 The binding for the function
40792 is an example for this.
40795 \begin_layout Standard
40796 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40798 The syntax of the entries is:
40801 \begin_layout Standard
40807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40825 \begin_layout Subsection
40827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40835 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40837 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40842 \begin_inset Index idx
40845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40852 \begin_inset Index idx
40855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40856 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40864 \begin_layout Standard
40865 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40866 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40872 \begin_inset space \space{}
40875 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40876 can use the keyboard map file named
40883 \begin_layout Standard
40884 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40892 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40900 \begin_layout Standard
40901 Besides this, you can specify here the
40903 Wheel scrolling speed
40906 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40910 \begin_layout Subsection
40912 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40914 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40919 \begin_inset Index idx
40922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40931 \begin_layout Standard
40932 Input completion is described in sec.
40933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40939 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40944 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40946 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40947 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40951 \begin_layout Section
40953 \begin_inset Index idx
40956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40963 \begin_inset Index idx
40966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40975 \begin_layout Description
40977 \begin_inset space ~
40980 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40981 It is the default when you
40992 \begin_inset space ~
41000 \begin_layout Description
41002 \begin_inset space ~
41005 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41007 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41009 \begin_inset space ~
41013 \begin_inset space ~
41021 \begin_layout Description
41023 \begin_inset space ~
41026 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41032 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41036 \begin_inset Newline newline
41040 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41052 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41060 \begin_layout Description
41062 \begin_inset space ~
41066 \begin_inset Index idx
41069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41075 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41076 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41077 \begin_inset space ~
41081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41083 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41091 will be used to save the backups.
41092 \begin_inset Newline newline
41095 The backup files have the ending
41096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41106 \begin_layout Description
41111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41118 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41119 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41120 \begin_inset Newline newline
41124 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41132 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41140 \begin_layout Description
41142 \begin_inset space ~
41145 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41148 \begin_layout Description
41150 \begin_inset space ~
41153 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41154 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41155 to find it on the system.
41156 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
41157 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41166 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41167 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41171 \begin_layout Section
41175 \begin_layout Standard
41176 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41177 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41179 \begin_inset space ~
41183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41185 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41189 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41192 \begin_layout Section
41194 \begin_inset Index idx
41197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41198 Language ! Settings
41204 \begin_inset Index idx
41207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41208 Settings ! Language
41216 \begin_layout Subsection
41220 \begin_layout Description
41222 \begin_inset space ~
41226 \begin_inset space ~
41229 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41230 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41231 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
41232 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
41233 You find the actual translation status here:
41234 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41236 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41237 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41244 \begin_layout Description
41246 \begin_inset space ~
41249 language is the language used in new documents
41252 \begin_layout Description
41254 \begin_inset space ~
41257 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41259 The default is the LaTeX-command
41265 that loads the package
41273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41274 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41275 \begin_inset space ~
41279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41281 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41291 \begin_inset Newline newline
41298 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41299 the document language.
41300 A text label is for instance the word
41301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41308 at the beginning of every table caption.
41311 \begin_layout Description
41313 \begin_inset space ~
41316 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41317 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41318 An example is the start command
41324 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41329 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41344 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41349 \begin_layout Description
41351 \begin_inset space ~
41359 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41360 command toggles the package on and off.
41363 \begin_layout Description
41365 \begin_inset space ~
41375 \begin_layout Description
41376 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41377 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41378 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41379 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41386 \begin_layout Description
41388 \begin_inset space ~
41391 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41393 When this option is not set, the
41396 \begin_inset space ~
41401 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41402 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41405 \begin_inset space ~
41413 \begin_layout Description
41415 \begin_inset space ~
41421 \begin_inset space ~
41427 When it is not set, the
41430 \begin_inset space ~
41435 is set to the end of the document.
41438 \begin_layout Description
41440 \begin_inset space ~
41444 \begin_inset space ~
41447 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41448 language will be underlined blue.
41451 \begin_layout Description
41453 \begin_inset space ~
41457 \begin_inset space ~
41460 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41461 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41464 \begin_layout Description
41466 \begin_inset space ~
41469 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41470 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41471 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41472 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41475 \begin_layout Subsection
41479 \begin_layout Standard
41480 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41481 \begin_inset space ~
41485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41487 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41494 \begin_layout Section
41498 \begin_layout Subsection
41500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41507 \begin_inset Index idx
41510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41517 \begin_inset Index idx
41520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41529 \begin_layout Description
41531 \begin_inset space ~
41534 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41535 The name will be used when the
41540 \begin_inset Newline newline
41544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41552 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41561 \begin_layout Description
41563 \begin_inset space ~
41567 \begin_inset space ~
41571 \begin_inset space ~
41574 printer This option works only for the
41579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41591 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41592 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41595 \begin_layout Description
41597 \begin_inset space ~
41600 command is the command LyX
41601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41605 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41608 LaTeX uses for printing.
41609 The default is on most systems
41616 \begin_layout Description
41618 \begin_inset space ~
41622 \begin_inset space ~
41625 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41626 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41627 of the program that provides the
41634 \begin_layout Subsection
41636 \begin_inset Index idx
41639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41646 \begin_inset Index idx
41649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41650 Settings ! Date format
41658 \begin_layout Standard
41659 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41660 \begin_inset Newline newline
41664 \begin_inset Flex URL
41667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41669 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41675 \begin_inset Newline newline
41678 For example the format
41679 \begin_inset Newline newline
41683 \begin_inset Newline newline
41686 prints the date as day/month/year.
41689 \begin_layout Subsection
41693 \begin_layout Description
41695 \begin_inset space ~
41699 \begin_inset space ~
41702 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41705 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41706 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41708 \begin_inset space ~
41714 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41718 \begin_layout Description
41720 \begin_inset space ~
41723 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41728 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41729 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41732 \begin_layout Subsection
41737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41745 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41747 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41752 \begin_inset Index idx
41755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41764 \begin_layout Description
41769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41777 \begin_inset space ~
41780 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41785 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41807 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41820 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41821 LyX sets up in the background.
41822 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41825 \begin_layout Description
41827 \begin_inset space ~
41831 \begin_inset space ~
41834 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41839 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41842 \begin_layout Standard
41843 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41844 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41845 manuals of the applications.
41846 Currently the following commands can be set:
41849 \begin_layout Description
41854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41862 \begin_inset space ~
41865 command Command for the program
41869 that is described in section
41875 Additional Features
41880 \begin_layout Description
41885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41893 \begin_inset space ~
41896 command Command for the program
41900 that generates the bibliography, see section
41901 \begin_inset space ~
41905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41907 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41914 \begin_layout Description
41916 \begin_inset space ~
41919 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41920 \begin_inset space ~
41924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41926 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41933 \begin_layout Description
41935 \begin_inset space ~
41938 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41939 \begin_inset space ~
41943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41945 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41952 \begin_layout Description
41954 \begin_inset space ~
41958 \begin_inset space ~
41962 \begin_inset space ~
41966 \begin_inset space ~
41969 options They only have an effect when the program
41973 is used as DVI-viewer.
41976 \begin_layout Standard
41977 There are additionally the following options:
41980 \begin_layout Description
41982 \begin_inset space ~
41986 \begin_inset space ~
41990 \begin_inset space ~
41994 \begin_inset space ~
41998 \begin_inset space ~
42001 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42019 to separate folders.
42020 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42021 \begin_inset Index idx
42024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42031 \begin_inset Index idx
42034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42043 \begin_layout Description
42045 \begin_inset space ~
42049 \begin_inset space ~
42053 \begin_inset space ~
42057 \begin_inset space ~
42061 \begin_inset space ~
42065 \begin_inset space ~
42068 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42070 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42073 dialog when changing the document class.
42076 \begin_layout Section
42078 \begin_inset space ~
42082 \begin_inset Index idx
42085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42094 \begin_layout Subsection
42096 \begin_inset Index idx
42099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42108 \begin_layout Standard
42109 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42110 from one format to another.
42111 You can modify them or create new ones.
42112 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42119 \begin_inset space ~
42129 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42133 \begin_inset space ~
42138 drop-down list, modify the
42142 field, and press the
42149 \begin_layout Standard
42152 Converter File Cache
42154 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42157 Maximum Age (in days
42160 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42161 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42164 \begin_layout Standard
42165 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42166 the converter definition, is described in section
42177 \begin_layout Subsection
42179 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42181 name "sec:File-Formats"
42186 \begin_inset Index idx
42189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42196 \begin_inset Index idx
42199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42208 \begin_layout Standard
42209 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42210 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42214 \begin_layout Standard
42215 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42216 is described in section
42227 \begin_layout Standard
42228 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42229 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42230 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42231 This is done by specifying a
42236 More about this is described in section
42247 \begin_layout Chapter
42248 Units available in LyX
42249 \begin_inset Index idx
42252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42261 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42268 \begin_layout Standard
42269 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42272 reference "cap:Units"
42276 explains all units available in LyX.
42279 \begin_layout Standard
42280 \begin_inset Float table
42286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42287 \begin_inset Caption
42289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42305 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42313 \begin_inset Tabular
42314 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42315 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42317 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42468 scaled point (65536
42469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42529 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42584 % of original image width
42591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42773 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42777 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42798 \begin_layout Chapter
42800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42809 \begin_layout Standard
42810 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42811 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42814 \begin_layout Itemize
42817 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42820 \begin_layout Itemize
42826 \begin_layout Itemize
42832 \begin_layout Itemize
42838 \begin_layout Itemize
42844 \begin_layout Itemize
42850 \begin_layout Itemize
42856 \begin_layout Itemize
42862 \begin_layout Itemize
42865 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42868 \begin_layout Itemize
42874 \begin_layout Itemize
42880 \begin_layout Itemize
42886 \begin_layout Itemize
42892 \begin_layout Itemize
42898 \begin_layout Itemize
42904 \begin_layout Itemize
42910 \begin_layout Itemize
42916 \begin_layout Itemize
42918 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42927 \begin_layout Standard
42928 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42931 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42938 \begin_layout Bibliography
42939 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42940 LatexCommand bibitem
42947 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42950 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42955 \begin_inset Newline newline
42959 \begin_inset Flex URL
42962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42964 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42972 \begin_layout Bibliography
42973 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42974 LatexCommand bibitem
42975 key "latexcompanion"
42979 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42981 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42984 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42987 \begin_layout Bibliography
42988 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42989 LatexCommand bibitem
42994 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42997 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43000 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43003 \begin_layout Bibliography
43004 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43005 LatexCommand bibitem
43012 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43015 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43018 \begin_layout Bibliography
43019 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43020 LatexCommand bibitem
43032 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43035 \begin_layout Bibliography
43036 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43037 LatexCommand bibitem
43043 \begin_inset Newline newline
43047 \begin_inset Flex URL
43050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43052 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43060 \begin_layout Bibliography
43061 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43062 LatexCommand bibitem
43068 \begin_inset Newline newline
43072 \begin_inset Flex URL
43075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43077 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43085 \begin_layout Bibliography
43086 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43087 LatexCommand bibitem
43093 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43095 name "Documentation"
43096 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43105 \begin_inset Newline newline
43109 \begin_inset Flex URL
43112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43114 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43122 \begin_layout Bibliography
43123 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43124 LatexCommand bibitem
43130 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43132 name "Documentation"
43133 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43137 how to use the program
43142 \begin_inset Newline newline
43146 \begin_inset Flex URL
43149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43151 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43159 \begin_layout Bibliography
43160 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43161 LatexCommand bibitem
43167 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43169 name "Documentation"
43170 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43179 \begin_inset Newline newline
43183 \begin_inset Flex URL
43186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43188 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43196 \begin_layout Bibliography
43197 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43198 LatexCommand bibitem
43204 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43206 name "Documentation"
43207 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43216 \begin_inset Newline newline
43220 \begin_inset Flex URL
43223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43225 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43233 \begin_layout Bibliography
43234 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43235 LatexCommand bibitem
43241 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43243 name "Documentation"
43244 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43248 of the LaTeX-package
43253 \begin_inset Index idx
43256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43257 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43263 \begin_inset Newline newline
43267 \begin_inset Flex URL
43270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43272 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43280 \begin_layout Bibliography
43281 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43282 LatexCommand bibitem
43288 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43290 name "Documentation"
43291 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43295 of the LaTeX-package
43300 \begin_inset Index idx
43303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43304 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43310 \begin_inset Newline newline
43314 \begin_inset Flex URL
43317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43319 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43327 \begin_layout Bibliography
43328 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43329 LatexCommand bibitem
43337 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43339 name "Documentation"
43340 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43346 of the LaTeX-package
43351 \begin_inset Index idx
43354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43355 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43361 \begin_inset Newline newline
43365 \begin_inset Flex URL
43368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43370 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43378 \begin_layout Bibliography
43379 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43380 LatexCommand bibitem
43386 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43388 name "Documentation"
43389 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43393 of the LaTeX-package
43398 \begin_inset Index idx
43401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43402 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43408 \begin_inset Newline newline
43412 \begin_inset Flex URL
43415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43417 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43425 \begin_layout Bibliography
43426 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43427 LatexCommand bibitem
43433 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43435 name "Documentation"
43436 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43440 of the LaTeX-package
43445 \begin_inset Index idx
43448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43449 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43455 \begin_inset Newline newline
43459 \begin_inset Flex URL
43462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43464 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43472 \begin_layout Bibliography
43473 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43474 LatexCommand bibitem
43480 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43482 name "Documentation"
43483 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43487 of the LaTeX-package
43492 \begin_inset Index idx
43495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43496 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43502 \begin_inset Newline newline
43506 \begin_inset Flex URL
43509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43511 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43519 \begin_layout Bibliography
43520 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43521 LatexCommand bibitem
43527 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43530 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43534 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43535 \begin_inset Newline newline
43539 \begin_inset Flex URL
43542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43544 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43552 \begin_layout Bibliography
43553 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43554 LatexCommand bibitem
43560 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43563 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43567 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43568 \begin_inset Newline newline
43572 \begin_inset Flex URL
43575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43577 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43585 \begin_layout Bibliography
43586 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43587 LatexCommand bibitem
43593 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43596 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43600 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43601 \begin_inset Newline newline
43605 \begin_inset Flex URL
43608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43610 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43618 \begin_layout Bibliography
43619 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43620 LatexCommand bibitem
43626 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43629 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43633 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43634 \begin_inset Newline newline
43638 \begin_inset Flex URL
43641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43643 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43651 \begin_layout Bibliography
43652 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43653 LatexCommand bibitem
43659 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43662 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43666 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43667 \begin_inset Newline newline
43671 \begin_inset Flex URL
43674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43676 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43684 \begin_layout Bibliography
43685 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43686 LatexCommand bibitem
43692 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43695 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43699 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43700 \begin_inset Newline newline
43704 \begin_inset Flex URL
43707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43709 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43717 \begin_layout Bibliography
43718 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43719 LatexCommand bibitem
43725 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43728 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43732 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43733 \begin_inset Newline newline
43737 \begin_inset Flex URL
43740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43742 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43750 \begin_layout Bibliography
43751 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43752 LatexCommand bibitem
43758 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43761 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43765 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43766 \begin_inset Newline newline
43770 \begin_inset Flex URL
43773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43775 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43783 \begin_layout Bibliography
43784 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43785 LatexCommand bibitem
43791 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43794 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43798 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43799 \begin_inset Newline newline
43803 \begin_inset Flex URL
43806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43808 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43816 \begin_layout Bibliography
43817 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43818 LatexCommand bibitem
43824 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43827 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43831 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43832 \begin_inset Newline newline
43836 \begin_inset Flex URL
43839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43841 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43849 \begin_layout Bibliography
43850 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43851 LatexCommand bibitem
43857 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43860 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43864 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43865 \begin_inset Newline newline
43869 \begin_inset Flex URL
43872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43874 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43882 \begin_layout Bibliography
43883 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43884 LatexCommand bibitem
43890 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43893 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43897 about new features in
43902 \begin_inset Newline newline
43906 \begin_inset Flex URL
43909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43911 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43919 \begin_layout Standard
43920 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43954 \begin_inset Note Note
43957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43964 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43965 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43966 bibliography is the second one:
43974 \begin_layout Standard
43975 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43976 LatexCommand bibtex
43977 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43978 options "biblio/alphadin"
43985 \begin_layout Standard
43986 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43989 \begin_layout Standard
43992 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43993 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43998 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43999 LatexCommand printindex